Annual Statements Open main menu

AMERICAN NATIONAL BANKSHARES INC. - Annual Report: 2014 (Form 10-K)

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014

Commission file number 0-12820

AMERICAN NATIONAL BANKSHARES INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Virginia
 
54-1284688
(State of incorporation)
 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
628 Main Street, Danville, VA
 
24541
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(Zip Code)
434-792-5111
Registrant's telephone number, including area code

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class
 
Name of Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, $1 par value
 
NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act:  None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes      No þ

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes       No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.   Yes  þ No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes þ   No  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  (Check one):
Large accelerated filer   Accelerated filer    Non-accelerated filer    Smaller reporting company 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act.) Yes    No
The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant at June 30, 2014, based on the closing price, was $158,400,878.

The number of shares of the registrant's common stock outstanding on March 6, 2015 was 8,711,047.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the Proxy Statement of the Registrant for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 19, 2015, are incorporated by reference in Part III of this report.


CROSS REFERENCE INDEX
     
PART I
 
PAGE
ITEM 1
Business
ITEM 1A
Risk Factors
ITEM 1B
Unresolved Staff Comments
None
ITEM 2
Properties
ITEM 3
Legal Proceedings
ITEM 4
Mine Safety Disclosures
   
PART II
   
ITEM 5
Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
ITEM 6
Selected Financial Data
ITEM 7
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
ITEM 7A
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
ITEM 8
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
 
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2014 and 2013
 
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012
 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years  ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012
 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for  the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ITEM 9
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None
ITEM 9A
Controls and Procedures
 
Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
ITEM 9B
Other Information
None
   
PART III
   
ITEM 10
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
*
ITEM 11
Executive Compensation
*
ITEM 12
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
*
ITEM 13
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
*
ITEM 14
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
*
   
PART IV
   
ITEM 15
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
_______________________________

*Certain information required by Item 10 is incorporated herein by reference to the information that appears under the headings "Election of Directors," "Election of Directors – Board Members Serving on Other Publicly Traded Company Boards of Directors," "Election of Directors – Board of Directors and Committees - The Audit and Compliance Committee," "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance," "Report of the Audit and Compliance Committee," and "Code of Conduct" in the Registrant's Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.  The information required by Item 401 of Regulation S-K on executive officers is disclosed herein.
 
The information required by Item 11 is incorporated herein by reference to the information that appears under the headings "Compensation Discussion and Analysis," "Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation," and "Compensation Committee Report" in the Registrant's Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

The information required by Item 12 is incorporated herein by reference to the information that appears under the heading "Security Ownership" in the Registrant's Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.  The information required by Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K is disclosed herein.  See Item 5, "Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities."

The information required by Item 13 is incorporated herein by reference to the information that appears under the headings "Related Party Transactions" and "Election of Directors – Board Independence" in the Registrant's Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

2

The information required by Item 14 is incorporated herein by reference to the information that appears under the heading "Independent Public Accountants" in the Registrant's Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

PART I
Forward-Looking Statements

This report contains forward-looking statements with respect to the financial condition, results of operations and business of American National Bankshares Inc. (the "Company') and its wholly owned subsidiary, American National Bank and Trust Company (the "Bank").  These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties and are based on the beliefs and assumptions of management of the Company and on information available to management at the time these statements and disclosures were prepared.  Forward-looking statements are subject to numerous assumptions, estimates, risks, and uncertainties that could cause actual conditions, events, or results to differ materially from those stated or implied by such forward-looking statements.
A variety of factors, some of which are discussed in more detail in Item 1A – Risk Factors, may affect the operations, performance, business strategy, and results of the Company.  Those factors include but are not limited to the following:
·
Financial market volatility including the level of interest rates could affect the values of financial instruments and the amount of net interest income earned;
·
General economic or business conditions, either nationally or in the market areas in which the Company does business, may be less favorable than expected, resulting in deteriorating credit quality, reduced demand for credit, or a weakened ability to generate deposits;
·
Competition among financial institutions may increase and competitors may have greater financial resources and develop products and technology that enable those competitors to compete more successfully than the Company;
·
Businesses that the Company is engaged in may be adversely affected by legislative or regulatory changes, including changes in accounting standards;
·
The ability to retain key personnel;
·
The failure of assumptions underlying the allowance for loan losses; and
·
Risks associated with mergers, acquisitions, and other expansion activities.
 
ITEM 1 – BUSINESS

American National Bankshares Inc. is a one-bank holding company organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia in 1984.  On September 1, 1984, the Company acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of American National Bank and Trust Company, a national banking association chartered in 1909 under the laws of the United States.  American National Bank and Trust Company is the only banking subsidiary of the Company.

On July 1, 2011, the Company completed its merger with MidCarolina Financial Corporation ("MidCarolina") pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated December 15, 2010, between the Company and MidCarolina.  MidCarolina was headquartered in Burlington, North Carolina, and engaged in banking operations through its subsidiary bank, MidCarolina Bank.  The transaction has expanded the Company's footprint in North Carolina, adding eight branches in Alamance and Guilford Counties.

On January 1, 2015, the Company completed its acquisition of MainStreet BankShares, Inc. ("MainStreet"). The merger of MainStreet with and into the Company was effected pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of August 24, 2014, between the Company and MainStreet, and a related Plan of Merger (the "MainStreet Merger Agreement").  Immediately after the merger of MainStreet into the Company, Franklin Community Bank, N.A. ("Franklin Bank"), MainStreet's wholly-owned bank subsidiary, merged with and into the Bank.
    
      Pursuant to the MainStreet Merger Agreement, the former holders of shares of MainStreet common stock received $3.46 in cash and 0.482 shares of the Company's common stock for each share of MainStreet common stock held immediately prior to the effective date of the merger, plus cash in lieu of fractional shares. Each option to purchase shares of MainStreet common stock that was outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of the merger vested upon the merger and was converted into an option to purchase shares of the Company's common stock, adjusted based on a 0.643 exchange ratio. Each share of the Company's common stock outstanding immediately prior to the merger remained outstanding and was unaffected by the merger. The cash portion of the merger consideration was funded through a cash dividend of $6 million from the Bank to the Company, and no borrowing was incurred by the Company or the Bank in connection with the merger.

3

       MainStreet was the holding company for Franklin Bank.  As of December 31, 2014, MainStreet had total net loans of approximately $122 million, total assets of approximately $164 million, and total deposits of approximately $137 million. Franklin Bank provided banking services to its customers from three banking offices located in Rocky Mount, Hardy, and Union Hall, Virginia, which are now branch offices of the Bank.
As of December 31, 2014, the operations of the Company are conducted at twenty-four banking offices and two loan production offices in Roanoke, Virginia and Raleigh, North Carolina.  American National Bank provides a full array of financial products and services, including commercial, mortgage, and consumer banking; trust and investment services; and insurance.  Services are also provided through thirty-one ATMs, "Online Banking," and "Telephone Banking."
    
Competition and Markets

      Vigorous competition exists in the Company's service areas.  The Company competes not only with national, regional, and community banks, but also with other types of financial institutions including savings banks, finance companies, mutual and money market fund providers, brokerage firms, insurance companies, credit unions, and mortgage companies. 

      The Company has the second largest deposit market share in the City of Danville and Pittsylvania County, combined.  The Company had a deposit market share in the Danville Micropolitan Statistical Area of 29.2% at June 30, 2014, based on Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") data.

     The Southern Virginia market, in which the Company has a significant presence, continues to experience slow economic growth, like much of the country. The region's economic base continues to be weighted toward the manufacturing sector.  Although the region was negatively impacted by the elimination of many textile plant closings over several decades, the area has experienced some new manufacturing plant openings as well as job growth in the technology area. Other important industries include farming, tobacco processing and sales, food processing, and packaging tape production.   
     
      The Company's market areas in North Carolina are Alamance County and Guilford County, North Carolina, where there is strong competition in attracting deposits and making loans. Its most direct competition for deposits comes from commercial banks, savings institutions and credit unions located in the market area, including large financial institutions that have greater financial and marketing resources available to them.  The Company had a deposit market share in Alamance County of 13.4%  at June 30, 2014, based on FDIC data.

Supervision and Regulation

The Company and the Bank are extensively regulated under federal and state law.  The following information describes certain aspects of that regulation applicable to the Company and the Bank and does not purport to be complete.  Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the banking industry are frequently raised in U.S. Congress, in state legislatures, and before the various bank regulatory agencies.  The likelihood and timing of any changes and the impact such changes might have on the Company and the Bank are impossible to determine with any certainty.  A change in applicable laws or regulations, or a change in the way such laws or regulations are interpreted by regulatory agencies or courts, may have a material impact on the business, operations, and earnings of the Company and the Bank.

American National Bankshares Inc.

American National Bankshares Inc. is qualified as a bank holding company ("BHC") within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the "BHC Act"), and is registered as such with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "FRB").  As a bank holding company, American National Bankshares Inc. is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the FRB and is required to file various reports and additional information with the FRB.  American National Bankshares Inc. is also registered under the bank holding company laws of Virginia and is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Virginia State Corporation Commission (the "SCC").

Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, a BHC may elect to become a financial holding company and thereby engage in a broader range of financial and other activities than are permissible for traditional BHC's.  In order to qualify for the election, all of the depository institution subsidiaries of the BHC must be well capitalized, well managed, and have achieved a rating of "satisfactory" or better under the Community Reinvestment Act (the "CRA").  Financial holding companies are permitted to engage in activities that are "financial in nature" or incidental or complementary thereto as determined by the FRB.  The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act identifies several activities as "financial in nature," including insurance underwriting and sales, investment advisory services, merchant banking and underwriting, and dealing or making a market in securities.  American National Bankshares Inc. has not elected to become a financial holding company, and has no plans to become a financial holding company.

4

 
American National Bank and Trust Company

American National Bank and Trust Company is a federally chartered national bank and is a member of the Federal Reserve System.  It is subject to federal regulation by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the "OCC"), the FRB, and the FDIC.

Depository institutions, including the Bank, are subject to extensive federal and state regulations that significantly affect their business and activities. Regulatory bodies have broad authority to implement standards and initiate proceedings designed to prohibit depository institutions from engaging in unsafe and unsound banking practices.  The standards relate generally to operations and management, asset quality, interest rate exposure, and capital.  The bank regulatory agencies are authorized to take action against institutions that fail to meet such standards.

As with other financial institutions, the earnings of the Bank are affected by general economic conditions and by the monetary policies of the FRB. The FRB exerts a substantial influence on interest rates and credit conditions, primarily through open market operations in U.S. Government securities, setting the reserve requirements of member banks, and establishing the discount rate on member bank borrowings. The policies of the FRB have a direct impact on loan and deposit growth and the interest rates charged and paid thereon. They also impact the source, cost of funds, and the rates of return on investments. Changes in the FRB's monetary policies have had a significant impact on the operating results of the Bank and other financial institutions and are expected to continue to do so in the future; however, the exact impact of such conditions and policies upon the future business and earnings cannot accurately be predicted.

The Dodd-Frank Act

On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the "Dodd-Frank Act"). The Dodd-Frank Act significantly restructures the financial regulatory regime in the United States and has a broad impact on the financial services industry as a result of the significant regulatory and compliance changes required under the act. While significant rulemaking under the Dodd-Frank Act has occurred, certain of the act's provisions require additional rulemaking by the federal bank regulatory agencies, a process which will take years to fully implement.  The Company believes that short- and long-term compliance costs for the Company will be greater because of the Dodd-Frank Act.

A summary of certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act is set forth below:

Increased Capital Standards.  The federal banking agencies are required to establish minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements for banks and bank holding companies. See "Capital Requirements – Basel III Capital Requirements" below.  Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act provides for newer and stronger standards.

Deposit Insurance.  The Dodd-Frank Act makes permanent the $250,000 deposit insurance limit for insured deposits. Amendments to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act also revise the assessment base against which an insured depository institution's deposit insurance premiums paid to the Deposit Insurance Fund (the "DIF") will be calculated. Under the amendments, the assessment base will no longer be the institution's deposit base, but rather its average consolidated total assets less its average tangible equity during the assessment period.  Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act makes changes to the minimum designated reserve ratio of the DIF, increasing the minimum from 1.15% to 1.35% of the estimated amount of total insured deposits and eliminating the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to depository institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds. The Dodd-Frank Act also provides that depository institutions may pay interest on demand deposits.
 
The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau ("CFPB").  The Dodd-Frank Act creates the CFPB within the FRB. The CFPB is charged with establishing rules and regulations under certain federal consumer protection laws with respect to the conduct of providers of certain consumer financial products and services.

Compensation Practices.  The Dodd-Frank Act provides that the appropriate federal regulators must establish standards prohibiting as an unsafe and unsound practice any compensation plan of a bank holding company or bank that provides an insider or other employee with "excessive compensation" or could lead to a material financial loss to such firm. In June 2010, prior to the Dodd-Frank Act, the federal bank regulatory agencies promulgated the Interagency Guidance on Sound Incentive Compensation Policies, which requires that financial institutions establish metrics for measuring the impact of activities to achieve incentive compensation with the related risk to the financial institution of such behavior.

5

Although a significant number of the rules and regulations mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act have been finalized, certain of the act's requirements have yet to be implemented. Given the uncertainty associated with the manner in which the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented by the federal bank regulatory agencies in the future, the full extent of the impact such requirements will have on the operations of the Company and the Bank is unclear. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may affect the profitability of business activities, require changes to certain business practices, impose more stringent regulatory requirements or otherwise adversely affect the business and financial condition of the Company and the Bank. These changes may also require the Company to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make necessary changes to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements.

Deposit Insurance

The deposits of the Bank are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC and are subject to deposit insurance assessments to maintain the DIF. On April 1, 2011, the deposit insurance assessment base changed from total deposits to average total assets minus average tangible equity, pursuant to a rule issued by the FDIC as required by the Dodd-Frank Act.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the "FDIA"), as amended by the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act and the Dodd-Frank Act, requires the FDIC to set a ratio of deposit insurance reserves to estimated insured deposits of at least 1.35%. The FDIC utilizes a risk-based assessment system that imposes insurance premiums based upon a risk matrix that takes into account a bank's capital level and supervisory rating. On February 27, 2009, the FDIC introduced three possible adjustments to an institution's initial base assessment rate: (i) a decrease of up to five basis points for long-term unsecured debt, including senior unsecured debt (other than debt guaranteed under the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program) and subordinated debt and, for small institutions, a portion of Tier 1 capital; (ii) an increase not to exceed 50% of an institution's assessment rate before the increase for secured liabilities in excess of 25% of domestic deposits; and (iii) for non-Risk Category I institutions, an increase not to exceed 10 basis points for brokered deposits in excess of 10% of domestic deposits.  In 2014 and 2013, the Company paid only the base assessment rate for "well capitalized" institutions, which totaled $647,000 and $647,000, respectively, in regular deposit insurance assessments.

On May 22, 2009, the FDIC issued a final rule that levied a special assessment applicable to all insured depository institutions totaling 5 basis points of each institution's total assets less Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009, not to exceed 10 basis points of domestic deposits. The special assessment was part of the FDIC's efforts to rebuild the DIF. Deposit insurance expense during 2009 for the Bank included an additional $1.2 million recognized in the second quarter related to the special assessment. On November 12, 2009, the FDIC issued a rule that required all insured depository institutions, with limited exceptions, to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011, and 2012. In December 2009, the Bank paid $2.9 million in prepaid risk-based assessments, which amount was expensed in the appropriate periods through December 31, 2012. The remaining balance of $1.7 million in prepaid risk-based assessments was refunded in 2013.

In addition, all FDIC insured institutions are required to pay assessments to the FDIC at an annual rate of approximately one basis point of insured deposits to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation, an agency of the federal government established to recapitalize the predecessor to the Savings Association Insurance Fund. These assessments will continue until the Financing Corporation bonds mature in 2017 through 2019.

Capital Requirements

2014 Capital Requirements.  The FRB, the OCC and the FDIC have issued substantially similar risk-based and leverage capital guidelines applicable to all banks and bank holding companies.  In addition, those regulatory agencies may from time to time require that a banking organization maintain capital above the minimum levels because of its financial condition or actual or anticipated growth.  Under the risk-based capital requirements of these federal bank regulatory agencies that were effective through December 31, 2014, American National Bankshares Inc. and American National Bank were required to maintain a minimum ratio of total capital (which is defined as core capital and supplementary capital less certain specified deductions from total capital such as reciprocal holdings of depository institution capital instruments and equity investments) to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0%.  In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets, all assets, including certain off-balance sheet activities, recourse obligations, residual interests and direct credit substitutes, were multiplied by a risk-weight factor assigned by the capital regulation based on the risks believed inherent in the type of asset.  At least half of the total capital was required to be "Tier 1 capital," which consisted principally of common and certain qualifying preferred shareholders' equity (including trust preferred securities), less certain intangibles and other adjustments.  The remainder ("Tier 2 capital") consisted of cumulative preferred stock, long-term perpetual preferred stock, a limited amount of subordinated and other qualifying debt (including certain hybrid capital instruments) and a limited amount of the general loan loss allowance.  The Tier 1 and total capital to risk-weighted asset ratios of the American National Bankshares Inc. were 16.59% and 17.86%, respectively, as of December 31, 2014, thus exceeding the minimum requirements.  The Tier 1 and total capital to risk-weighted asset ratios of American National Bank were 15.23% and 16.48%, respectively, as of December 31, 2014 also exceeding the minimum requirements.

6

      Each of the federal bank regulatory agencies also  established a minimum leverage capital ratio of Tier 1 capital to average adjusted assets ("Tier 1 leverage ratio") that was effective through December 31, 2014.  The guidelines required a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 3.0% for bank holding companies and national banks with the highest supervisory rating. All other bank holding companies and national banks were required to maintain a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0%, unless a different minimum was specified by an appropriate regulatory authority. In addition, for a depository institution to have been considered "well capitalized" under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, its leverage ratio must have been at least 5.0%.  The FRB has not advised the Company, and the OCC has not advised the Bank, of any specific minimum leverage ratio applicable to either entity. The Tier 1 leverage ratio of American National Bankshares Inc. as of December 31, 2014 was 12.16%, which is above the minimum requirements.
      Basel III Capital Requirements effective January 1, 2015.  On June 7, 2012, the FRB  issued a series of proposed rules intended to revise and strengthen its risk-based and leverage capital requirements and its method for calculating risk-weighted assets. The rules were proposed to implement the Basel III regulatory capital reforms from the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act.  On July 2, 2013, the Federal Reserve approved certain revisions to the proposals and finalized new capital requirements for banking organizations.

Effective January 1, 2015, the final rules require the Company and the Bank to comply with the following new minimum capital ratios: (i) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5% of risk-weighted assets; (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6% of risk-weighted assets (increased from the prior requirement of 4%); (iii) a total capital ratio of 8% of risk-weighted assets (unchanged from the prior requirement); and (iv) a leverage ratio of 4% of total assets (unchanged from the prior requirement).  These are the initial capital requirements, which will be phased in over a four-year period.  When fully phased in on January 1, 2019, the rules will require the Company and the  Bank to maintain (i) a minimum ratio of common equity Tier 1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 4.5%, plus a 2.5% "capital conservation buffer" (which is added to the 4.5% common equity Tier 1 ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum ratio of common equity Tier 1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7% upon full implementation), (ii) a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6.0%, plus the 2.5% capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 6.0% Tier 1 capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5% upon full implementation), (iii) a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0%, plus the 2.5% capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 8.0% total capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum total capital ratio of 10.5% upon full implementation), and (iv) a minimum leverage ratio of 4%, calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to average assets.

The capital conservation buffer requirement will be phased in beginning January 1, 2016, at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets, increasing by the same amount each year until fully implemented at 2.5% on January 1, 2019. The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress.  Banking institutions with a ratio of common equity Tier 1 to risk-weighted assets above the minimum but below the conservation buffer will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases, and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall.

With respect to the Bank, the rules also revised the "prompt corrective action" regulations pursuant to Section 38 of the FDIA by (i) introducing a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio requirement at each level (other than critically undercapitalized), with the required ratio being 6.5% for well-capitalized status; (ii) increasing the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio requirement for each category, with the minimum ratio for well-capitalized status being 8.0% (as compared to the prior ratio of 6.0%); and (iii) eliminating the current provision that provides that a bank with a composite supervisory rating of 1 may have a 3.0% Tier 1 leverage ratio and still be well-capitalized.  These new thresholds were effective for the  Bank as of January 1, 2015.  The minimum total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio (10.0%) and minimum leverage ratio (5.0%) for well-capitalized status were unchanged by the final rules

The new capital requirements also include changes in the risk weights of assets to better reflect credit risk and other risk exposures. These include a 150% risk weight (up from 100%) for certain high volatility commercial real estate acquisition, development and construction loans and nonresidential mortgage loans that are 90 days past due or otherwise on nonaccrual status, a 20% (up from 0%) credit conversion factor for the unused portion of a commitment with an original maturity of one year or less that is not unconditionally cancelable, a 250% risk weight (up from 100%) for mortgage servicing rights and deferred tax assets that are not deducted from capital, and increased risk-weights (from 0% to up to 600%) for equity exposures.

7

Based on management's understanding and interpretation of the new capital rules, it believes that, as of December 31, 2014, the Company and the Bank would meet all capital adequacy requirements under such rules on a fully phased-in basis as if such requirements were in effect as of such date.

Dividends

The Company's principal source of cash flow, including cash flow to pay dividends to its shareholders, is dividends it receives from the Bank.  Statutory and regulatory limitations apply to the Bank's payment of dividends to the Company. As a general rule, the amount of a dividend may not exceed, without prior regulatory approval, the sum of net income in the calendar year to date and the retained net earnings of the immediately preceding two calendar years. A depository institution may not pay any dividend if payment would cause the institution to become "undercapitalized" or if it already is "undercapitalized." The OCC may prevent the payment of a dividend if it determines that the payment would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice. The OCC also has advised that a national bank should generally pay dividends only out of current operating earnings.
 
Permitted Activities

As a bank holding company, American National Bankshares Inc. is limited to managing or controlling banks, furnishing services to or performing services for its subsidiaries, and engaging in other activities that the FRB determines by regulation or order to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. In determining whether a particular activity is permissible, the FRB must consider whether the performance of such an activity reasonably can be expected to produce benefits to the public that outweigh possible adverse effects. Possible benefits include greater convenience, increased competition, and gains in efficiency. Possible adverse effects include undue concentration of resources, decreased or unfair competition, conflicts of interest, and unsound banking practices. Despite prior approval, the FRB may order a bank holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity or to terminate ownership or control of any subsidiary when the FRB has reasonable cause to believe that a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of any bank subsidiary of that bank holding company may result from such an activity.

Banking Acquisitions; Changes in Control

The BHC Act requires, among other things, the prior approval of the FRB in any case where a bank holding company proposes to (i) acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the outstanding voting stock of any bank or bank holding company (unless it already owns a majority of such voting shares), (ii) acquire all or substantially all of the assets of another bank or bank holding company, or (iii) merge or consolidate with any other bank holding company. In determining whether to approve a proposed bank acquisition, the FRB will consider, among other factors, the effect of the acquisition on competition, the public benefits expected to be received from the acquisition, the projected capital ratios and levels on a post-acquisition basis, and the acquiring institution's performance under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (the "CRA") and its compliance with fair housing and other consumer protection laws.

Subject to certain exceptions, the BHC Act and the Change in Bank Control Act, together with the applicable regulations, require FRB approval (or, depending on the circumstances, no notice of disapproval) prior to any person or company acquiring "control" of a bank or bank holding company. A conclusive presumption of control exists if an individual or company acquires the power, directly or indirectly, to direct the management or policies of an insured depository institution or to vote 25% or more of any class of voting securities of any insured depository institution. A rebuttable presumption of control exists if a person or company acquires 10% or more but less than 25% of any class of voting securities of an insured depository institution and either the institution has registered its securities with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") or no other person will own a greater percentage of that class of voting securities immediately after the acquisition. The Company's common stock is registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act.

In addition, Virginia law requires the prior approval of the SCC for (i) the acquisition of more than 5% of the voting shares of a Virginia bank or any holding company that controls a Virginia bank, or (ii) the acquisition by a Virginia bank holding company of a bank or its holding company domiciled outside Virginia.

8

Source of Strength

FRB policy has historically required bank holding companies to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to their subsidiary banks. The Dodd-Frank Act codified this policy as a statutory requirement. Under this requirement, the Company is expected to commit resources to support the Bank, including at times when the Company may not be in a financial position to provide such resources. Any capital loans by a bank holding company to any of its subsidiary banks are subordinate in right of payment to depositors and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary banks. In the event of a bank holding company's bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to priority of payment.

Safety and Soundness

There are a number of obligations and restrictions imposed on bank holding companies and their subsidiary banks by law and regulatory policy that are designed to minimize potential loss to the depositors of such depository institutions and the FDIC insurance fund in the event of a depository institution default. For example, under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991, to avoid receivership of an insured depository institution subsidiary, a bank holding company is required to guarantee the compliance of any subsidiary bank that may become "undercapitalized" with the terms of any capital restoration plan filed by such subsidiary with its appropriate federal bank regulatory agency up to the lesser of (i) an amount equal to 5% of the institution's total assets at the time the institution became undercapitalized or (ii) the amount that is necessary (or would have been necessary) to bring the institution into compliance with all applicable capital standards as of the time the institution fails to comply with such capital restoration plan.

Under the FDIA, the federal bank regulatory agencies have adopted guidelines prescribing safety and soundness standards. These guidelines establish general standards relating to internal controls and information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth and compensation, fees and benefits. In general, the guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risk and exposures specified in the guidelines.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act

Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 ("FDICIA"), the federal bank regulatory agencies possess broad powers to take prompt corrective action to resolve problems of insured depository institutions.  The extent of these powers depends upon whether the institution is "well capitalized," "adequately capitalized," "undercapitalized," "significantly undercapitalized," or "critically undercapitalized," as defined by the law.  Under regulations established by the federal bank regulatory agencies and in effect prior to December 31, 2014, a "well capitalized" institution must have had a Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 6%, a total capital ratio of at least 10%, and a leverage ratio of at least 5%, and not have been subject to a capital directive order.  An "adequately capitalized" institution must have had a Tier 1 capital ratio of a least 4%, a total capital ratio of at least 8%, and a leverage ratio of at least 4%, or 3% in some cases.  Management believes, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, that the Company met the requirements for being classified as "well capitalized."

Reflecting changes under the new Basel III capital requirements, the relevant capital measures that became effective on January 1, 2015 for prompt corrective action are the total capital ratio, the common equity Tier 1 ("CET1") capital ratio, the Tier 1 capital ratio and the leverage ratio.  A bank will be (i) "well capitalized" if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a CET1 capital ratio of 6.5% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, and a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater, and is not subject to any capital directive order; (ii) "adequately capitalized" if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a CET1 capital ratio of 4.5% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater, and a leverage ratio of 4.0% or greater and is not "well capitalized" (iii) "undercapitalized" if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 8.0%, a CET1 capital ratio less than 4.5%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0% or a leverage ratio of less than 4.0%; (iv) "significantly undercapitalized" if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a CET1 capital ratio less than 3%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0% or a leverage ratio of less than 3.0%; and (v) "critically undercapitalized" if the institution's tangible equity is equal to or less than 2.0% of average quarterly tangible assets. An institution may be downgraded to, or deemed to be in, a capital category that is lower than indicated by its capital ratios if it is determined to be in an unsafe or unsound condition or if it receives an unsatisfactory examination rating with respect to certain matters. A bank's capital category is determined solely for the purpose of applying prompt corrective action regulations, and the capital category may not constitute an accurate representation of the bank's overall financial condition or prospects for other purposes.  Management believes that had the new Basel III capital requirements been in effect as of December 31, 2014, the Company would have met the requirements  for being classified as "well capitalized."

As required by FDICIA, the federal bank regulatory agencies also have adopted guidelines prescribing safety and soundness standards relating to, among other things, internal controls and information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, and interest rate exposure.  In general, the guidelines require appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risks and exposures specified in the guidelines.  In addition, the agencies adopted regulations that authorize, but do not require, an institution which has been notified that it is not in compliance with safety and soundness standard to submit a compliance plan.  If, after being so notified, an institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan, the agency must issue an order directing action to correct the deficiency and may issue an order directing other actions of the types to which an undercapitalized institution is subject under the prompt corrective action provisions described above.

9

Branching

The Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994, as amended (the "Interstate Banking Act"), generally permits well capitalized bank holding companies to acquire banks in any state, and preempts all state laws restricting the ownership by a bank holding company of banks in more than one state. The Interstate Banking Act also permits a bank to merge with an out-of-state bank and convert any offices into branches of the resulting bank if both states have not opted out of interstate branching; and permits a bank to acquire branches from an out-of-state bank if the law of the state where the branches are located permits the interstate branch acquisition. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, a bank holding company or bank must be well capitalized and well managed to engage in an interstate acquisition. Bank holding companies and banks are required to obtain prior FRB approval to acquire more than 5% of a class of voting securities, or substantially all of the assets, of a bank holding company, bank or savings association. The Interstate Banking Act and the Dodd-Frank Act permit banks to establish and operate de novo interstate branches to the same extent a bank chartered by the host state may establish branches.

Transactions with Affiliates

Pursuant to Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation W, the authority of the Bank to engage in transactions with related parties or "affiliates" or to make loans to insiders is limited. Loan transactions with an affiliate generally must be collateralized and certain transactions between the Bank and its affiliates, including the sale of assets, the payment of money or the provision of services, must be on terms and conditions that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the Bank, as those prevailing for comparable nonaffiliated transactions. In addition, the Bank generally may not purchase securities issued or underwritten by affiliates.

Loans to executive officers, directors or to any person who directly or indirectly, or acting through or in concert with one or more persons, owns, controls or has the power to vote more than 10% of any class of voting securities of a bank (a "10% Shareholders"), are subject to Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and their corresponding regulations (Regulation O) and Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act relating to the prohibition on personal loans to executives (which exempts financial institutions in compliance with the insider lending restrictions of Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act). Among other things, these loans must be made on terms substantially the same as those prevailing on transactions made to unaffiliated individuals and certain extensions of credit to those persons must first be approved in advance by a disinterested majority of the entire board of directors. Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act prohibits loans to any of those individuals where the aggregate amount exceeds an amount equal to 15% of an institution's unimpaired capital and surplus plus an additional 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus in the case of loans that are fully secured by readily marketable collateral, or when the aggregate amount on all of the extensions of credit outstanding to all of these persons would exceed the Bank's unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus. Section 22(g) of the Federal Reserve Act identifies limited circumstances in which the Bank is permitted to extend credit to executive officers.

Consumer Financial Protection

The Company is subject to a number of federal and state consumer protection laws that extensively govern its relationship with its customers. These laws include the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Service Members Civil Relief Act, laws governing flood insurance, federal and state laws prohibiting unfair and deceptive business practices, foreclosure laws ,and various regulations that implement some or all of the foregoing. These laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with customers when taking deposits, making loans, collecting loans and providing other services. If the Company fails to comply with these laws and regulations, it may be subject to various penalties. Failure to comply with consumer protection requirements may also result in  failure to obtain any required bank regulatory approval for merger or acquisition transactions the Company may wish to pursue or being prohibited from engaging in such transactions even if approval is not required.

10

                                                        The Dodd-Frank Act centralized responsibility for consumer financial protection by creating a new agency, the CFPB, and giving it responsibility for implementing, examining, and enforcing compliance with federal consumer protection laws. The CFPB focuses on (i) risks to consumers and compliance with the federal consumer financial laws, (ii) the markets in which firms operate and risks to consumers posed by activities in those markets., (iii) depository institutions that offer a wide variety of consumer financial products and services, and (iv) non-depository companies that offer one or more consumer financial products or services.

      The CFPB has broad rulemaking authority for a wide range of consumer financial laws that apply to all banks, including, among other things, the authority to prohibit "unfair, deceptive or abusive" acts and practices. Abusive acts or practices are defined as those that materially interfere with a consumer's ability to understand a term or condition of a consumer financial product or service or take unreasonable advantage of a consumer's (i) lack of financial savvy, (ii) inability to protect himself in the selection or use of consumer financial products or services, or (iii) reasonable reliance on a covered entity to act in the consumer's interests. The CFPB can issue cease-and-desist orders against banks and other entities that violate consumer financial laws. The CFPB may also institute a civil action against an entity in violation of federal consumer financial law in order to impose a civil penalty or injunction.

Community Reinvestment Act
      The CRA requires the appropriate federal banking agency, in connection with its examination of a bank, to assess the bank's record in meeting the credit needs of the communities served by the bank, including low and moderate income neighborhoods.  Furthermore, such assessment is also required of banks that have applied, among other things, to merge or consolidate with or acquire the assets or assume the liabilities of an insured depository institution, or to open or relocate a branch.  In the case of a BHC applying for approval to acquire a bank or BHC, the record of each subsidiary bank of the applicant BHC is subject to assessment in considering the application.  Under the CRA, institutions are assigned a rating of "outstanding," "satisfactory," "needs to improve," or "substantial non-compliance."  The Company was rated "satisfactory" in its most recent CRA evaluation.
 
Anti-Money Laundering Legislation

The Company is subject to the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering laws and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act of 2001.  Among other things, these laws and regulations require the Company to take steps to prevent the use of the Company for facilitating the flow of illegal or illicit money, to report large currency transactions, and to file suspicious activity reports.  The Company is also required to carry out a comprehensive anti-money laundering compliance program.  Violations can result in substantial civil and criminal sanctions.  In addition, provisions of the USA Patriot Act require the federal bank regulatory agencies to consider the effectiveness of a financial institution's anti-money laundering activities when reviewing bank mergers and BHC acquisitions.

Privacy Legislation
   
      Several recent laws, including the Right to Financial Privacy Act, and related regulations issued by the federal bank regulatory agencies, also provide new protections against the transfer and use of customer information by financial institutions. A financial institution must provide to its customers information regarding its policies and procedures with respect to the handling of customers' personal information. Each institution must conduct an internal risk assessment of its ability to protect customer information. These privacy provisions generally prohibit a financial institution from providing a customer's personal financial information to unaffiliated parties without prior notice and approval from the customer.

Incentive Compensation

In June 2010, the federal bank regulatory agencies issued comprehensive final guidance on incentive compensation policies intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of financial institutions do not undermine the safety and soundness of such institutions by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The Interagency Guidance on Sound Incentive Compensation Policies, which covers all employees that have the ability to materially affect the risk profile of a financial institutions, either individually or as part of a group, is based upon the key principles that a financial institution's incentive compensation arrangements should (i) provide incentives that do not encourage risk-taking beyond the institution's ability to effectively identify and manage risks, (ii) be compatible with effective internal controls and risk management, and (iii) be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the financial institution's board of directors.

The FRB will review, as part of the regular, risk-focused examination process, the incentive compensation arrangements of financial institutions, such as the Company, that are not "large, complex banking organizations." These reviews will be tailored to each financial institution based on the scope and complexity of the institution's activities and the prevalence of incentive compensation arrangements. The findings of the supervisory initiatives will be included in reports of examination. Deficiencies will be incorporated into the institution's supervisory ratings, which can affect the institution's ability to make acquisitions and take other actions. Enforcement actions may be taken against a financial institution if its incentive compensation arrangements, or related risk-management control or governance processes, pose a risk to the institution's safety and soundness and the financial institution is not taking prompt and effective measures to correct the deficiencies. At December 31, 2014, the Company had not been made aware of any instances of non-compliance with the final guidance.

11

Volcker Rule
 
      The Dodd-Frank Act prohibits insured depository institutions and their holding companies from engaging in proprietary trading except in limited circumstances, and prohibits them from owning equity interests in excess of 3% of Tier 1 capital in private equity and hedge funds (known as the "Volcker Rule"). On December 10, 2013, the federal bank regulatory agencies adopted final rules implementing the Volcker Rule. These final rules prohibit banking entities from (i) engaging in short-term proprietary trading for their own accounts, and (ii) having certain ownership interests in and relationships with hedge funds or private equity funds. The final rules are intended to provide greater clarity with respect to both the extent of those primary prohibitions and of the related exemptions and exclusions. The final rules also require each regulated entity to establish an internal compliance program that is consistent with the extent to which it engages in activities covered by the Volcker Rule, which must include (for the largest entities) making regular reports about those activities to regulators. Although the final rules provide some tiering of compliance and reporting obligations based on size, the fundamental prohibitions of the Volcker Rule apply to banking entities of any size, including the Company and the Bank.  The final rules were effective April 1, 2014, with full compliance being phased in over a period which will end on July 21, 2016.  The Company has evaluated the implications of the final rules on its investments and does not expect any material financial implications.

      Under rules implementing the Volcker Rule, banking entities would have been prohibited from owning certain collateralized debt obligations ("CDOs") backed by trust preferred securities ("TruPS") as of July 21, 2015, which could have forced banking entities to recognize unrealized market losses based on the inability to hold any such investments to maturity. However, on January 14, 2014, the federal bank regulatory agencies issued an interim rule, effective April 1, 2014, exempting TruPS CDOs from the Volcker Rule if (i) the CDO was established prior to May 19, 2010, (ii) the banking entity reasonably believes that the offering proceeds of the CDO were used to invest primarily in TruPS issued by banks with less than $15 billion in assets, and (iii) the banking entity acquired the CDO on or before December 10, 2013. The regulators solicited comments on the interim final rule, and this exemption could change prior to its effective date.  The Company currently does not have any impermissible holdings of TruPS CDOs under the final rule and therefore, will not be required to divest of any such investments or change their accounting treatment.  The Company is continuously reviewing its investments to ensure compliance as the various provisions of the Volcker Rule regulations become effective.


Ability-to-Repay and Qualified Mortgage Rule

Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the CFPB issued a final rule on January 10, 2013 (effective on January 10, 2014), amending Regulation Z as implemented by the Truth in Lending Act, requiring mortgage lenders to make a reasonable and good faith determination based on verified and documented information that a consumer applying for a mortgage loan has a reasonable ability to repay the loan according to its terms. Mortgage lenders are required to determine consumers' ability to repay in one of two ways. The first alternative requires the mortgage lender to consider the following eight underwriting factors when making the credit decision: (i) current or reasonably expected income or assets; (ii) current employment status; (iii) the monthly payment on the covered transaction; (iv) the monthly payment on any simultaneous loan; (v) the monthly payment for mortgage-related obligations; (vi) current debt obligations, alimony, and child support; (vii) the monthly debt-to-income ratio or residual income; and (viii) credit history. Alternatively, the mortgage lender can originate "qualified mortgages," which are entitled to a presumption that the creditor making the loan satisfied the ability-to-repay requirements. In general, a "qualified mortgage" is a mortgage loan without negative amortization, interest-only payments, balloon payments, or terms exceeding 30 years. In addition, to be a qualified mortgage the points and fees paid by a consumer cannot exceed 3% of the total loan amount. Qualified mortgages that are "higher-priced" (e.g. subprime loans) garner a rebuttable presumption of compliance with the ability-to-repay rules, while qualified mortgages that are not "higher-priced" (e.g. prime loans) are given a safe harbor of compliance. The Company is predominantly an originator of compliant qualified mortgages.

Effect of Governmental Monetary Policies

The Company's operations are affected not only by general economic conditions, but also by the policies of various regulatory authorities.  In particular, the FRB regulates money and credit conditions and interest rates to influence general economic conditions.  These policies have a significant impact on overall growth and distribution of loans, investments and deposits; they affect interest rates charged on loans or paid for time and savings deposits.  FRB monetary policies have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks, including the Company, in the past and are expected to do so in the future.  As a result, the Company is unable to predict the effects of possible changes in monetary policies upon its future operating results.

12

Employees

At December 31, 2014, the Company employed 284 full-time equivalent persons.  In the opinion of the management of the Company, the relationship with employees of the Company and the Bank is good.

Internet Access to Company Documents
The Company provides access to its Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") filings through a link on the Investor Relations page of the Company's website at www.amnb.com.  Reports available include the annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after the reports are filed electronically with the SEC. The information on the Company's website is not incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K or any other filing the Company makes with the SEC. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov.
Executive Officers of the Company
The following table lists, as of December 31, 2014, the executive officers of the Company, their ages, and their positions:

Name
 
Age
 
Position
         
Charles H. Majors
 
69
 
Executive Chairman of the Company and the Bank since January 2013; prior thereto, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since January 2012; Chairman of the Bank since January 2012; prior thereto, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company; Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank from June 2010 to December 2011, prior thereto, Chief Executive Officer and President of the Bank.
 
Jeffrey V. Haley
 
54
 
President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and Bank since January 2013; prior thereto, President of the Company and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank since January 2012; prior thereto, Executive Vice President of the Company from June 2010 to December 2011; prior thereto, Senior Vice President of the Company from July 2008 to May 2010; President of the Bank since June 2010; prior thereto, Executive Vice President of the Bank, as well as President of Trust and Financial Services from July 2008 to May 2010; prior thereto, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Bank from November 2005 to June 2007.
 
William W. Traynham
 
59
 
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary of the Company since April 2009; Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Cashier of the Bank since April 2009; prior thereto, President and Chief Financial Officer of Community Bankshares Inc. and Chief Financial Officer of Community Resource Bank, NA from 1992 until the sale of the company in 2008.
 

Effective January 1, 2015, Charles H. Majors was appointed Chairman of the Board of the Company and the Bank and is no longer an employee of the Bank.

Effective January 1, 2015, William W. Traynham was appointed Executive Vice President of the Company.

13

ITEM 1A – RISK FACTORS

Risks Related to the Company's Business

The Company's business is subject to interest rate risk, and variations in interest rates may negatively affect financial performance.

Changes in the interest rate environment may reduce the Company's profits.  It is expected that the Company will continue to realize income from the spread between the interest earned on loans, securities, and other interest earning assets, and interest paid on deposits, borrowings and other interest bearing liabilities.  Net interest spreads are affected by the difference between the maturities and repricing characteristics of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities.  In addition, loan volume and yields are affected by market interest rates on loans, and the current interest rate environment encourages extreme competition for new loan originations from qualified borrowers.  Management cannot ensure that it can minimize the Company's interest rate risk. While an eventual increase in the general level of interest rates may increase the loan yield and the net interest margin, it may adversely affect the ability of certain borrowers with variable rate loans to pay the interest and principal of their obligations.  Accordingly, changes in levels of market interest rates could materially and adversely affect the net interest spread, asset quality, loan origination volume, and overall profitability of the Company.

The Company faces strong competition from financial services companies and other companies that offer banking and other financial services, which could negatively affect the Company's business.

The Company encounters substantial competition from other financial institutions in its market area.  Ultimately, the Company may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors. Many competitors offer the same banking services that the Company offers.  These competitors include national, regional, and community banks.  The Company also faces competition from many other types of financial institutions, including savings banks, finance companies, mutual and money market fund providers, brokerage firms, insurance companies, credit unions, financial subsidiaries of certain industrial corporations, and mortgage companies.  In particular, competitors include several major financial companies whose greater resources may afford them a marketplace advantage by enabling them to maintain numerous banking locations and ATMs and conduct extensive promotional and advertising campaigns. Increased competition may result in reduced business for the Company.

Additionally, banks and other financial institutions with larger capitalization and financial intermediaries not subject to bank regulatory restrictions have larger lending limits and are thereby able to serve the credit needs of larger customers. Areas of competition include interest rates for loans and deposits, efforts to obtain loans and deposits, and range and quality of products and services provided, including new technology-driven products and services.  Technological innovation continues to contribute to greater competition in domestic and international financial services markets as technological advances enable more companies to provide financial services.  If the Company is unable to attract and retain banking customers, it may be unable to continue to grow loan and deposit portfolios and its results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

Changes in economic conditions could materially and negatively affect the Company's business.

The Company's business is directly impacted by economic, political, and market conditions, broad trends in industry and finance, legislative and regulatory changes, changes in government monetary and fiscal policies, and inflation, all of which are beyond the Company's control.  A deterioration in economic conditions, whether caused by global, national or local events, especially within the Company's market area, could result in potentially negative material consequences such as the following, among others: loan delinquencies increasing; problem assets and foreclosures increasing; demand for products and services decreasing; low cost or noninterest bearing deposits decreasing; and collateral for loans, especially real estate, declining in value, in turn reducing customers' borrowing power, and reducing the value of assets and collateral associated with existing loans.  Each of these consequences may have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition and results of operations.

Trust division income is a major source of non-interest income for the Company.  Trust and Investment Services fee revenue is largely dependent on the fair market value of assets under management and on trading volumes in the brokerage business. General economic conditions and their subsequent effect on the securities markets tend to act in correlation.  When general economic conditions deteriorate, securities markets generally decline in value, and the Company's Trust and Investment Service revenues are negatively impacted as asset values and trading volumes decrease.

14

The Company's credit standards and its on-going credit assessment processes might not protect it from significant credit losses.

The Company takes credit risk by virtue of making loans and extending loan commitments and letters of credit.  The Company manages credit risk through a program of underwriting standards, the review of certain credit decisions and an on-going process of assessment of the quality of the credit already extended.  The Company's exposure to credit risk is managed through the use of consistent underwriting standards that emphasize local lending while avoiding highly leveraged transactions as well as excessive industry and other concentrations.  The Company's credit administration function employs risk management techniques to help ensure that problem loans are promptly identified.  While these procedures are designed to provide the Company with the information needed to implement policy adjustments where necessary and to take appropriate corrective actions, and have proven to be reasonably effective to date, there can be no assurance that such measures will be effective in avoiding future undue credit risk.

The Company's focus on lending to small to mid-sized community-based businesses may increase its credit risk.
 
      Most of the Company's commercial business and commercial real estate loans are made to small business or middle market customers.  These businesses generally have fewer financial resources in terms of capital or borrowing capacity than larger entities and have a heightened vulnerability to economic conditions.  If general economic conditions in the market areas in which the Company operates negatively impact this important customer sector, the Company's results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.  Moreover, a portion of these loans have been made by the Company in recent years and the borrowers may not have experienced a complete business or economic cycle.  The deterioration of the borrowers' businesses may hinder their ability to repay their loans with the Company, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition and results of operations.

The Company depends on the accuracy and completeness of information about clients and counterparties, and its financial condition could be adversely affected if it relies on misleading information.

In deciding whether to extend credit or to enter into other transactions with clients and counterparties, the Company may rely on information furnished to it by or on behalf of clients and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial information, which the Company does not independently verify.  The Company also may rely on representations of clients and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of independent auditors.  For example, in deciding whether to extend credit to clients, the Company may assume that a customer's audited financial statements conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("GAAP") and present fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the customer.  The Company's financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted to the extent it relies on financial statements that do not comply with GAAP or are materially misleading.

The allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to cover actual losses.

In accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, an allowance for loan losses is maintained to provide for loan losses.  The allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to cover actual credit losses, and future provisions for credit losses could materially and adversely affect operating results.  The allowance for loan losses is based on prior experience, as well as an evaluation of the risks in the current portfolio.  The amount of future losses is susceptible to changes in economic, operating, and other outside forces and conditions, including changes in interest rates, all of which are beyond the Company's control; and these losses may exceed current estimates.  Federal bank regulatory agencies, as a part of their examination process, review the Company's loans and allowance for loan losses.  While management believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate to cover current losses, it cannot make assurances that it will not further increase the allowance for loan losses or that regulators will not require it to increase this allowance.  Either of these occurrences could adversely affect earnings.
Nonperforming assets take significant time to resolve and adversely affect the Company's results of operations and financial condition.

The Company's nonperforming assets adversely affect its net income in various ways.  The Company does not record interest income on nonaccrual loans, which adversely affects its income and increases credit administration costs.  When the Company receives collateral through foreclosures and similar proceedings, it is required to mark the related asset to the then fair market value of the collateral less estimated selling costs, which may, and often does, result in a loss.  An increase in the level of nonperforming assets also increases the Company's risk profile and may impact the capital levels regulators believe are appropriate in light of such risks.  The Company utilizes various techniques such as workouts, restructurings and loan sales to manage problem assets.  Increases in or negative adjustments in the value of these problem assets, the underlying collateral, or in the borrowers' performance or financial condition, could adversely affect the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.  In addition, the resolution of nonperforming assets requires significant commitments of time from management and staff, which can be detrimental to the performance of their other responsibilities, including generation of new loans.  There can be no assurance that the Company will avoid increases in nonperforming loans in the future.

15

A downturn in the local real estate market could materially and negatively affect the Company's business.

The Company offers a variety of secured loans, including commercial lines of credit, commercial term loans, real estate, construction, home equity lines of credit, consumer and other loans. Many of these loans are secured by real estate (both residential and commercial) located in the Company's market area. A downturn in the real estate market in the areas in which the Company conducts its operations could negatively affect the Company's business because significant portions of its loans are secured by real estate.  At December 31, 2013, the Company had approximately $841 million in loans, of which approximately $709 million (84.3%) were secured by real estate.  The ability to recover on defaulted loans by selling the real estate collateral could then be diminished and the Company would be more likely to suffer losses.

Substantially all of the Company's real property collateral is located in its market area.  If there is a decline in real estate values, especially in the Company's market area, the collateral for loans would deteriorate and provide significantly less security.

The Company relies upon independent appraisals to determine the value of the real estate which secures a significant portion of its loans, and the values indicated by such appraisals may not be realizable if the Company is forced to foreclose upon such loans.

A significant portion of the Company's loan portfolio consists of loans secured by real estate. The Company relies upon independent appraisers to estimate the value of such real estate.  Appraisals are only estimates of value and the independent appraisers may make mistakes of fact or judgment which adversely affect the reliability of their appraisals. In addition, events occurring after the initial appraisal may cause the value of the real estate to increase or decrease.  As a result of any of these factors, the real estate securing some of the Company's loans may be more or less valuable than anticipated at the time the loans were made.  If a default occurs on a loan secured by real estate that is less valuable than originally estimated, the Company may not be able to recover the outstanding balance of the loan and will suffer a loss.

The Company is dependent on key personnel and the loss of one or more of those key personnel may materially and adversely affect the Company's operations and prospects.

The Company currently depends on the services of a number of key management personnel.  The loss of key personnel could materially and adversely affect the results of operations and financial condition.  The Company's success also depends in part on the ability to attract and retain additional qualified management personnel.  Competition for such personnel is strong and the Company may not be successful in attracting or retaining the personnel it requires.

The inability of the Company to successfully manage its growth or implement its growth strategy may adversely affect the Company's results of operations and financial condition.

The Company may not be able to successfully implement its growth strategy if it is unable to identify attractive markets, locations or opportunities to expand in the future.  In addition, the ability to manage growth successfully depends on whether the Company can maintain adequate capital levels, cost controls and asset quality, and successfully integrate any businesses acquired into the Company.

As the Company continues to implement its growth strategy by opening new branches or acquiring branches or banks, it expects to incur increased personnel, occupancy and other operating expenses.  In the case of new branches, the Company must absorb those higher expenses while it begins to generate new deposits; there is also further time lag involved in redeploying new deposits into attractively priced loans and other higher yielding earning assets.  The Company's plans to expand could depress earnings in the short run, even if it efficiently executes a branching strategy leading to long-term financial benefits.

Difficulties in combining the operations of acquired entities with the Company's own operations may prevent the Company from achieving the expected benefits from acquisitions.

The Company may not be able to achieve fully the strategic objectives and operating efficiencies expected in an acquisition, including the Company's recent acquisition of MainStreet.  Inherent uncertainties exist in integrating the operations of an acquired entity.  In addition, the markets and industries in which the Company and its potential acquisition targets operate are highly competitive.  The Company may lose customers or the customers of acquired entities as a result of an acquisition; the Company may lose key personnel, either from the acquired entity or from itself; and the Company may not be able to control the incremental increase in noninterest expense arising from an acquisition in a manner that improves its overall operating efficiencies.  These factors could contribute to the Company's not achieving the expected benefits from its acquisitions within desired time frames, if at all.  Future business acquisitions could be material to the Company and it may issue additional shares of common stock to pay for those acquisitions, which would dilute current shareholders' ownership interests.  Acquisitions also could require the Company to use substantial cash or other liquid assets or to incur debt; the Company could therefore become more susceptible to economic downturns and competitive pressures.

16

The Company is subject to extensive regulation which could adversely affect its business.

The Company's operations as a publicly traded corporation, a bank holding company, and an insured depository institution are subject to extensive regulation by federal, state, and local governmental authorities and are subject to various laws and judicial and administrative decisions imposing requirements and restrictions on part or all of the Company's operations.  Because the Company's business is highly regulated, the laws, rules, and regulations applicable to it are subject to frequent and sometimes extensive change. Such changes could include higher capital requirements, increased insurance premiums, increased compliance costs, reductions of non-interest income and limitations on services that can be provided.  Actions by regulatory agencies or significant litigation against the Company could cause it to devote significant time and resources to defend itself and may lead to liability or penalties that materially affect the Company and its shareholders. Any future changes in the laws, rules or regulations applicable to the Company may negatively affect the Company's business and results of operations.

The Dodd-Frank Act substantially changes the regulation of the financial services industry and it could have a material adverse effect upon the Company.

The Dodd-Frank Act provides wide-ranging changes in the way banks and financial services firms generally are regulated and affects the way the Company and its customers and counterparties do business with each other.  Among other things, it requires increased capital and regulatory oversight for banks and their holding companies, changes the deposit insurance assessment system, changes responsibilities among regulators, establishes the new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, and makes various changes in the securities laws and corporate governance that affect public companies, including the Company.  The Dodd-Frank Act also requires numerous studies and regulations related to its implementation.  The Company is continually evaluating the effects of the Dodd-Frank Act, together with implementing the regulations that have been proposed and adopted.  The ultimate effects of the Dodd-Frank Act and the resulting rulemaking cannot be predicted at this time, but it has increased the Company's operating and compliance costs in the short-term, and it could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operation and financial condition.
Recently enacted capital standards may have an adverse effect on the Company's profitability, lending, and ability to pay dividends on the Company's securities.
In July 2013, the FRB released its final rules which implement the Basel III regulatory capital reforms from the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act. Under the final rules, minimum requirements for both the quality and quantity of capital held by banking organizations have increased. Consistent with the international Basel framework, the rule includes a new minimum ratio of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.5% and a common equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets that applies to all supervised financial institutions. The rule also, among other things, raised the minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets from 4% to 6% and included a minimum leverage ratio of 4% for all banking organizations. The new rules became effective January 1, 2015. The potential impact of the new capital rules includes, but is not limited to, reduced lending and negative pressure on profitability and return on equity due to the higher capital requirements. To the extent the Company is required to increase capital in the future to comply with the new capital rules, its ability to pay dividends on its securities may be reduced.
New regulations issued by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau could adversely the Company's earnings.
The CFPB has broad rulemaking authority to administer and carry out the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act with respect to financial institutions that offer covered financial products and services to consumers. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the CFPB issued a final rule effective January 10, 2014, requiring mortgage lenders to make a reasonable and good faith determination based on verified and documented information that a consumer applying for a mortgage loan has a reasonable ability to repay the loan according to its terms, or to originate "qualified mortgages" that meet specific requirements with respect to terms, pricing and fees. The new rule also contains new disclosure requirements at mortgage loan origination and in monthly statements. These requirements could limit the Company's ability to make certain types of loans or loans to certain borrowers, or could make it more expensive and/or time consuming to make these loans, which could adversely impact the Company's profitability.
17

The Company's exposure to operational, technological and organizational risk may adversely affect the Company.
The Company is exposed to many types of operational risks, including reputation, legal, and compliance risk, the risk of fraud or theft by employees or outsiders, unauthorized transactions by employees or operational errors, clerical or record-keeping errors, and errors resulting from faulty or disabled computer or telecommunications systems.

Negative public opinion can result from the actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending practices, corporate governance, and acquisitions, and from actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to those activities.  Negative public opinion can adversely affect the Company's ability to attract and retain customers and can expose it to litigation and regulatory action.

Certain errors may be repeated or compounded before they are discovered and successfully rectified. The Company's necessary dependence upon automated systems to record and process its transactions may further increase the risk that technical system flaws or employee tampering or manipulation of those systems will result in losses that are difficult to detect.  The Company may also be subject to disruptions of its operating systems arising from events that are wholly or partially beyond its control (for example, computer viruses or electrical or telecommunications outages), which may give rise to disruption of service to customers and to financial loss or liability. The Company is further exposed to the risk that its external vendors may be unable to fulfill their contractual obligations (or will be subject to the same risk of fraud or operational errors by their respective employees as is the Company) and to the risk that the Company's (or its vendors') business continuity and data security systems prove to be inadequate.

Changes in accounting standards could impact reported earnings.

From time to time, with seeming increasing frequency, there are changes in the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of the Company's financial statements.  These changes can materially impact how the Company records and reports its financial condition and results of operations.  In some instances, the Company could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in the restatement of prior period financial statements.

Failure to maintain effective systems of internal and disclosure control could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operation and financial condition.

Effective internal and disclosure controls are necessary for the Company to provide reliable financial reports and effectively prevent fraud and to operate successfully as a public company.  If the Company cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, its reputation and operating results would be harmed.  As part of the Company's ongoing monitoring of internal control, it may discover material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in its internal control that require remediation.  A "material weakness" is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company's annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

The Company has in the past discovered, and may in the future discover, areas of its internal controls that need improvement.  Even so, the Company is continuing to work to improve its internal controls.  The Company cannot be certain that these measures will ensure that it implements and maintains adequate controls over its financial processes and reporting in the future.  Any failure to maintain effective controls or to timely effect any necessary improvement of the Company's internal and disclosure controls could, among other things, result in losses from fraud or error, harm the Company's reputation or cause investors to lose confidence in the Company's reported financial information, all of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operation and financial condition.

The carrying value of goodwill may be adversely impacted.

When the Company completes an acquisition, generally goodwill is recorded on the date of acquisition as an asset.  Current accounting guidance requires for goodwill to be tested for impairment, which the Company performs an impairment analysis at least annually, rather than amortizing it over a period of time.  A significant adverse change in expected future cash flows or sustained adverse change in the Company's common stock could require the asset to become impaired.  If impaired, the Company would incur a non-cash charge to earnings that would have a significant impact on the results of operations.  The carrying value of goodwill was approximately $39 million at December 31, 2014.

18

The Company may need to raise additional capital in the future to continue to grow, but may be unable to obtain additional capital on favorable terms or at all.

Federal and state banking regulators and safe and sound banking practices require the Company to maintain adequate levels of capital to support its operations.  Although the Company currently has no specific plans for additional offices, its business strategy calls for it to continue to grow in its existing banking markets (internally and through additional offices) and to expand into new markets as appropriate opportunities arise. Continued growth in the Company's earning assets, which may result from internal expansion and new branch offices, at rates in excess of the rate at which its capital is increased through retained earnings, will reduce the Company's capital ratios. If the Company's capital ratios fell below "well capitalized" levels, the FDIC deposit insurance assessment rate would increase until capital was restored and maintained at a "well capitalized" level. A higher assessment rate would cause an increase in the assessments the Company pays for federal deposit insurance, which would have an adverse effect on the Company's operating results.

Management of the Company believes that its current and projected capital position is sufficient to maintain capital ratios significantly in excess of regulatory requirements for the next several years and allow the Company flexibility in the timing of any possible future efforts to raise additional capital.   However, if, in the future, the Company needs to increase its capital to fund additional growth or satisfy regulatory requirements, its ability to raise that additional capital will depend on conditions at that time in the capital markets, economic conditions, the Company's financial performance and condition, and other factors, many of which are outside its control.  There is no assurance that the Company will be able to raise additional capital on terms favorable to it or at all.  Any future inability to raise additional capital on terms acceptable to the Company may have a material adverse effect on its ability to expand operations, and on its financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.

The Company relies on other companies to provide key components of the Company's business infrastructure.

Third parties provide key components of the Company's business operations such as data processing, recording and monitoring transactions, online banking interfaces and services, Internet connections and network access.  While the Company has selected these third party vendors carefully, it does not control their actions.  Any problem caused by these third parties, including those resulting from disruptions in communication services provided by a vendor, failure of a vendor to handle current or higher volumes, failures of a vendor to provide services for any reason or poor performance of services, could adversely affect the Company's ability to deliver products and services to its customers and otherwise conduct its business.  Financial or operational difficulties of a third party vendor could also hurt the Company's operations if those difficulties interface with the vendor's ability to serve the Company.  Replacing these third party vendors could also create significant delay and expense.  Accordingly, use of such third parties creates an unavoidable inherent risk to the Company's business operations.
The Company's operations may be adversely affected by cyber security risks.

The Company relies heavily on communications and information systems to conduct business.  Any failure, interruption, or breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in the Company's internet banking, deposit, loan, and other systems.  While the Company has policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of such failure, interruption, or security breach of the Company's information systems, there can be no assurance that they will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed.  The occurrence of any failure, interruption or security breach of the Company's communications and information systems could damage the Company's reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject the Company to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose the Company to civil litigation and possible financial liability.  Additionally, the Company outsources its data processing to a third party. If the Company's third party provider encounters difficulties or if the Company has difficulty in communicating with such third party, it will significantly affect the Company's ability to adequately process and account for customer transactions, which would significantly affect its business operations.

In the ordinary course of business, the Company collects and stores sensitive data, including proprietary business information and personally identifiable information of its customers and employees in systems and on networks. The secure processing, maintenance and use of this information is critical to operations and the Company's business strategy. The Company has invested in accepted technologies, and annually reviews processes and practices that are designed to protect its networks, computers and data from damage or unauthorized access. Despite these security measures, the Company's computer systems and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or breached due to employee error, malfeasance or other disruptions. A breach of any kind could compromise systems and the information stored there could be accessed, damaged or disclosed. A breach in security could result in legal claims, regulatory penalties, disruption in operations, and damage to the Company's reputation, which could adversely affect the Company's business.  Furthermore, as cyber threats continue to evolve and increase, the Company may be required to expend significant additional resources to modify or enhance its protective measures, or to investigate and remediate any identified information security vulnerabilities.

19

Multiple major U.S. retailers have recently experienced data systems incursions reportedly resulting in the thefts of credit and debit card information, online account information, and other financial data of tens of millions of the retailers' customers. Retailer incursions affect cards issued and deposit accounts maintained by many banks, including the Bank. Although neither the Company's nor the Bank's systems are breached in retailer incursions, these events can cause the Bank to reissue a significant number of cards and take other costly steps to avoid significant theft loss to the Bank and its customers.  In some cases, the Bank may be required to reimburse customers for the losses they incur. Other possible points of intrusion or disruption not within the Company's nor the Bank's control include internet service providers, electronic mail portal providers, social media portals, distant-server ("cloud") service providers, electronic data security providers, telecommunications companies, and smart phone manufacturers.

Current and proposed regulation addressing consumer privacy and data use and security could increase the Company's costs and impact its reputation.

The Company is subject to a number of laws concerning consumer privacy and data use and security, including information safeguard rules under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. These rules require that financial institutions develop, implement and maintain a written, comprehensive information security program containing safeguards that are appropriate to the financial institution's size and complexity, the nature and scope of the financial institution's activities, and the sensitivity of any customer information at issue. The United States has experienced a heightened legislative and regulatory focus on privacy and data security, including requiring consumer notification in the event of a data breach. In addition, most states have enacted security breach legislation requiring varying levels of consumer notification in the event of certain types of security breaches.  New regulations in these areas may increase our compliance costs, which could negatively impact our earnings. In addition, failure to comply with the privacy and data use and security laws and regulations to which we are subject, including by reason of inadvertent disclosure of confidential information, could result in fines, sanctions, penalties or other adverse consequences and loss of consumer confidence, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations, overall business, and reputation.
Consumers may increasingly decide not to use the Bank to complete their financial transactions, which would have a material adverse impact on the Company's financial condition and operations.
     Technology and other changes are allowing parties to complete financial transactions through alternative methods that historically have involved banks. For example, consumers can now maintain funds that would have historically been held as bank deposits in brokerage accounts, mutual funds or general-purpose reloadable prepaid cards. Consumers can also complete transactions such as paying bills and/or transferring funds directly without the assistance of banks. The process of eliminating banks as intermediaries, known as "disintermediation," could result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of customer deposits and the related income generated from those deposits. The loss of these revenue streams and the lower cost of deposits as a source of funds could have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition and results of operations.
The Company is subject to claims and litigation pertaining to fiduciary responsibility.
      From time to time, customers make claims and take legal action pertaining to the performance of the Company's fiduciary responsibilities. Whether customer claims and legal action related to the performance of the Company's fiduciary responsibilities are founded or unfounded, if such claims and legal actions are not resolved in a manner favorable to the Company, they may result in significant financial liability and/or adversely affect the market perception of the Company and its products and services, as well as impact customer demand for those products and services. Any financial liability or reputation damage could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition and results of operations.
Risks Related to the Company's Common Stock

While the Company's common stock is currently traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, it has less liquidity than stocks for larger companies quoted on a national securities exchange.

The trading volume in the Company's common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market has been relatively low when compared with larger companies listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market or other stock exchanges.  There is no assurance that a more active and liquid trading market for the common stock will exist in the future.  Consequently, shareholders may not be able to sell a substantial number of shares for the same price at which shareholders could sell a smaller number of shares.  In addition, we cannot predict the effect, if any, that future sales of the Company's common stock in the market, or the availability of shares of common stock for sale in the market, will have on the market price of the common stock.

20

Future issuances of the Company's common stock could adversely affect the market price of the common stock and could be dilutive.

The Company is not restricted from issuing additional shares of common stock, including any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, shares of common stock.  Issuances of a substantial number of shares of common stock, or the expectation that such issuances might occur, including in connection with acquisitions by the Company, could materially adversely affect the market price of the shares of the common stock and could be dilutive to shareholders.  Because the Company's decision to issue common stock in the future will depend on market conditions and other factors, it cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of possible future issuances of its common stock.  Accordingly, the Company's shareholders bear the risk that future issuances will reduce the market price of the common stock and dilute their stock holdings in the Company.

The primary source of the Company's income from which it pays cash dividends is the receipt of dividends from its subsidiary bank.

The availability of dividends from the Company is limited by various statutes and regulations.  It is possible, depending upon the financial condition of the Bank and other factors, that the OCC could assert that payment of dividends or other payments is an unsafe or unsound practice.  In the event the Bank was unable to pay dividends to the Company, or be limited in the payment of such dividends, the Company would likely have to reduce or stop paying common stock dividends.  The Company's reduction, limitation or failure to pay such dividends on its common stock could have a material adverse effect on the market price of the common stock.

The Company's governing documents and Virginia law contain anti-takeover provisions that could negatively impact its shareholders.

        The Company's Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws and the Virginia Stock Corporation Act contain certain provisions designed to enhance the ability of the Company's Board of Directors to deal with attempts to acquire control of the Company.  These provisions and the ability to set the voting rights, preferences and other terms of any series of preferred stock that may be issued, may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may discourage takeovers (which certain shareholders may deem to be in their best interest).  To the extent that such takeover attempts are discouraged, temporary fluctuations in the market price of the Company's common stock resulting from actual or rumored takeover attempts may be inhibited.  These provisions also could discourage or make more difficult a merger, tender offer, or proxy contest, even though such transactions may be favorable to the interests of shareholders, and could potentially adversely affect the market price of the Company's common stock.

21

ITEM 2 – PROPERTIES

As of December 31, 2014, the Company maintained twenty-four banking offices.  The Company's Virginia banking offices are located in the cities of Danville, Martinsville and Lynchburg, and in the counties of Bedford, Campbell, Halifax, Henry, Nelson and Pittsylvania.  In North Carolina, the Company's banking offices are located in the cities of Burlington, Greensboro, Mebane and Graham and in the counties of Alamance, Caswell, and Guilford.  The Company also operates two loan production offices.

The principal executive offices of the Company are located at 628 Main Street in the business district of Danville, Virginia.  This building, owned by the Company, was originally constructed in 1973 and has three floors totaling approximately 27,000 square feet.

The Company owns a building located at 103 Tower Drive in Danville, Virginia.  This three-story facility serves as an operations center for data processing and deposit operations.

The Company has an office at 445 Mount Cross Road in Danville, Virginia where it consolidated two banking offices in January 2009 and gained additional administrative space.

The Company has an office at 3101 South Church Street in Burlington, North Carolina.  This building serves as the head office for our North Carolina operations.

The Company owns thirteen other offices for a total of seventeen owned buildings.  There are no mortgages or liens against any of the properties owned by the Company.  The Company operates thirty-one Automated Teller Machines ("ATMs") on owned or leased facilities.  The Company leases seven office locations and two storage warehouses.  The Company occupies space rent-free for its limited service office in the Village of Brookwood Retirement Center under an agreement with the owners of that facility.
 
ITEM 3 – LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
      In the ordinary course of operations, the Company and the Bank are parties to various legal proceedings.
 
ITEM 4 – MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

None.

22

 
PART II

ITEM 5 – MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

The Company's common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol "AMNB."  At December 31, 2014, the Company had 2,329 shareholders of record.  The following table presents the high and low sales prices for the Company's common stock and dividends declared for the past two years.

 
Sales Price
 
Dividends
Declared
 
2014
High
 
Low
 
Per Share
 
 
 
 
 
1st quarter
 
$
26.08
   
$
21.54
   
$
0.23
 
2nd quarter
   
24.06
     
20.65
     
0.23
 
3rd quarter
   
23.53
     
20.90
     
0.23
 
4th quarter
   
25.00
     
21.69
     
0.23
 
                   
$
0.92
 
                         
 
Sales Price
 
Dividends
Declared
 
2013
High
 
Low
 
Per Share
 
 
                       
1st quarter
 
$
22.00
   
$
19.57
   
$
0.23
 
2nd quarter
   
23.46
     
19.60
     
0.23
 
3rd quarter
   
25.90
     
20.77
     
0.23
 
4th quarter
   
27.74
     
21.16
     
0.23
 
 
                 
$
0.92
 
 
Stock Compensation Plans

The Company maintains the 2008 Stock Incentive Plan ("2008 Plan"), which is designed to attract and retain qualified personnel in key positions, provide employees with an equity interest in the Company as an incentive to contribute to the success of the Company, and reward employees for outstanding performance and the attainment of targeted goals.  The 2008 Plan and stock compensation in general is discussed in note 13 of the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

The December 31, 2014 position of the Company's equity investment compensation plan is summarized below:
 
 
 
December 31, 2014
 
 
 
Number of Shares to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options
 
Weighted-Average Per Share Exercise Price of Outstanding Options
   
Number of Shares Remaining Available for Future Issuance Under
 
 
 
 
   
 
Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders
   
110,947
   
$
26.08
     
297,580
 
Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders
   
-
     
-
     
-
 
Total
   
110,947
   
$
26.08
     
297,580
 
 

Stock Repurchase Program
 
      In early June 2014, the Company elected to establish a 10b5-1 plan with Raymond James & Associates, Inc. ("Raymond James").  This plan operated until October 31, 2014. The plan authorized Raymond James to buy on behalf of the Company, even during closed window periods, subject to certain price and volume limitations. The maximum number of shares that could be purchased under the 10b5-1 plan was 50,000 shares.  Raymond James purchased 400 shares under the 10b5-1 plan in October 2014.

23

Comparative Stock Performance

The following graph compares the Company's cumulative total return to its shareholders with the returns of two indexes for the five-year period ended December 31, 2014.  The cumulative total return was calculated taking into consideration changes in stock price, cash dividends, stock dividends, and stock splits since December 31, 2009.  The indexes are the NASDAQ Composite Index; the SNL Bank $ 1 Billion - $5 Billion Index, which includes bank holding companies with assets of $1 billion to $5 billion and is published by SNL Financial, LC.
 
American National Bankshares Inc.


 
Period Ending
 
Index
12/31/09
 
12/31/10
 
12/31/11
 
12/31/12
 
12/31/13
 
12/31/14
 
American National Bankshares Inc.
 
$
100.00
   
$
112.35
   
$
97.56
   
$
105.51
   
$
142.94
   
$
140.70
 
NASDAQ Composite
   
100.00
     
118.15
     
117.22
     
138.02
     
193.47
     
222.16
 
SNL Bank $1B-$5B
   
100.00
     
113.35
     
103.38
     
127.47
     
185.36
     
193.81
 

24

ITEM 6 - SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth selected financial data for the Company for the last five years:

(Amounts in thousands, except per share information and ratios)
                   
   
December 31,
 
   
2014
   
2013
   
2012
   
2011
   
2010
 
Results of Operations:
                   
Interest income
 
$
47,455
   
$
52,956
   
$
57,806
   
$
49,187
   
$
35,933
 
Interest expense
   
5,730
     
6,583
     
8,141
     
8,780
     
8,719
 
Net interest income
   
41,725
     
46,373
     
49,665
     
40,407
     
27,214
 
Provision for loan losses
   
400
     
294
     
2,133
     
3,170
     
1,490
 
Noninterest income
   
11,176
     
10,827
     
11,410
     
9,244
     
9,114
 
Noninterest expense
   
34,558
     
35,105
     
36,643
     
30,000
     
23,379
 
Income before income tax provision
   
17,943
     
21,801
     
22,299
     
16,481
     
11,459
 
Income tax provision
   
5,202
     
6,054
     
6,293
     
4,910
     
3,181
 
Net income
 
$
12,741
   
$
15,747
   
$
16,006
   
$
11,571
   
$
8,278
 
                                         
Financial Condition:
                                       
Assets
 
$
1,346,492
   
$
1,307,512
   
$
1,283,687
   
$
1,304,706
   
$
833,664
 
Loans, net of unearned income
   
840,925
     
794,671
     
788,705
     
824,758
     
520,781
 
Securities
   
349,250
     
351,013
     
340,533
     
339,385
     
235,691
 
Deposits
   
1,075,837
     
1,057,675
     
1,027,667
     
1,058,754
     
640,098
 
Shareholders' equity
   
173,780
     
167,551
     
163,246
     
152,829
     
108,087
 
Shareholders' equity, tangible
   
132,692
     
125,349
     
119,543
     
107,335
     
84,299
 
                                         
Per Share Information:
                                       
Earnings per share, basic
 
$
1.62
   
$
2.00
   
$
2.04
   
$
1.64
   
$
1.35
 
Earnings per share, diluted
   
1.62
     
2.00
     
2.04
     
1.64
     
1.35
 
Cash dividends paid
   
0.92
     
0.92
     
0.92
     
0.92
     
0.92
 
Book value
   
22.07
     
21.23
     
20.80
     
19.58
     
17.64
 
Book value, tangible
   
16.86
     
15.89
     
15.23
     
13.75
     
13.76
 
                                         
Weighted average shares outstanding, basic
   
7,867,198
     
7,872,870
     
7,834,351
     
6,982,524
     
6,123,870
 
Weighted average shares outstanding, diluted
   
7,877,576
     
7,884,561
     
7,845,652
     
6,989,877
     
6,131,650
 
                                         
Selected Ratios:
                                       
Return on average assets
   
0.97
%
   
1.20
%
   
1.23
%
   
1.07
%
   
1.00
%
Return on average equity (1)
   
7.40
%
   
9.52
%
   
10.08
%
   
8.88
%
   
7.59
%
Return on average tangible equity (2)
   
10.31
%
   
13.75
%
   
15.25
%
   
12.97
%
   
10.05
%
Dividend payout ratio
   
56.80
%
   
46.03
%
   
45.06
%
   
55.50
%
   
68.08
%
Efficiency ratio (3)
   
63.41
%
   
57.57
%
   
58.23
%
   
58.48
%
   
61.53
%
Net interest margin
   
3.66
%
   
4.10
%
   
4.44
%
   
4.35
%
   
3.78
%
                                         
Asset Quality Ratios:
                                       
Allowance for loan losses to period end loans
   
1.48
%
   
1.59
%
   
1.54
%
   
1.28
%
   
1.62
%
Allowance for loan losses to period end non-performing loans
   
302.21
%
   
248.47
%
   
227.95
%
   
76.76
%
   
324.22
%
Non-performing assets to total assets
   
0.46
%
   
0.65
%
   
0.90
%
   
1.46
%
   
0.76
%
Net charge-offs to average loans
   
0.07
%
   
(0.02
)%
   
0.07
%
   
0.16
%
   
0.24
%
                                         
Capital Ratios:
                                       
Total risk-based capital ratio
   
17.86
%
   
18.14
%
   
17.00
%
   
15.55
     
19.64
%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
   
16.59
%
   
16.88
%
   
15.75
%
   
14.36
%
   
18.38
%
Tier 1 leverage ratio
   
12.16
%
   
11.81
%
   
11.27
%
   
10.32
%
   
12.74
%
Tangible equity to tangible assets ratio (4)
   
10.00
%
   
9.91
%
   
9.64
%
   
8.52
%
   
10.41
%


(1) Return on average common equity is calculated by dividing net income available to common shareholders by average common equity.

(2) Return on average tangible common equity is calculated by dividing net income available to common shareholders plus amortization of intangibles tax effected by average common equity less average intangibles.

(3) The efficiency ratio is calculated by dividing noninterest expense excluding gains or losses on the sale of OREO by net interest income including  tax equivalent income on nontaxable loans and securities and excluding (a) gains or losses on securities and (b) gains or losses on sale of premises and equipment.

(4) Tangible equity to tangible assets ratio is calculated by dividing period-end common equity less period-end intangibles by period-end assets less period-end intangibles.

25

ITEM 7 - MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The purpose of this discussion is to focus on significant changes in the financial condition and results of operations of the Company during the past three years.  The discussion and analysis are intended to supplement and highlight information contained in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements and the selected financial data presented elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

RECLASSIFICATION

In certain circumstances, reclassifications have been made to prior period information to conform to the 2014 presentation.  There were no material reclassifications.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The accounting and reporting policies followed by the Company conform with GAAP and they conform to general practices within the banking industry.  The Company's critical accounting policies, which are summarized below, relate to (1) the allowance for loan losses, (2) mergers and acquisitions, (3) acquired loans with specific credit-related deterioration and (4) goodwill impairment.  A summary of the Company's significant accounting policies is set forth in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The financial information contained within the Company's financial statements is, to a significant extent, financial information that is based on measures of the financial effects of transactions and events that have already occurred.  A variety of factors could affect the ultimate value that is obtained when earning income, recognizing an expense, recovering an asset, or relieving a liability.  In addition, GAAP itself may change from one previously acceptable method to another method.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The purpose of the allowance for loan losses ("ALLL") is to provide for probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio.  The allowance is increased by the provision for loan losses and by recoveries of previously charged-off loans.  Loan charge-offs decrease the allowance.

The goal of the Company is to maintain an appropriate, systematic, and consistently applied process to determine the amounts of the ALLL and the provision for loan loss expense.

The Company uses certain practices to manage its credit risk.  These practices include (1) appropriate lending limits for loan officers, (2) a loan approval process, (3) careful underwriting of loan requests, including analysis of borrowers, cash flows, collateral, and market risks, (4) regular monitoring of the portfolio, including diversification by type and geography, (5) review of loans by the Loan Review department, which operates independently of loan production, (6) regular meetings of the Credit Committee to discuss portfolio and policy changes and make decisions on large or unusual loan requests, and (7) regular meetings of the Asset Quality Committee which reviews the status of individual loans.

Risk grades are assigned as part of the loan origination process. From time to time, risk grades may be modified as warranted by the facts and circumstances surrounding the credit.

Calculation and analysis of the ALLL is prepared quarterly by the Finance Department.  The Company's Credit Committee, Capital Management Committee, Audit Committee, and the Board of Directors review the allowance for adequacy.

The Company's ALLL has two basic components:  the formula allowance and the specific allowance.  Each of these components is determined based upon estimates and judgments.

The formula allowance uses historical loss experience as an indicator of future losses, along with various qualitative factors, including levels and trends in delinquencies, nonaccrual loans, charge-offs and recoveries, trends in volume and terms of loans, effects of changes in underwriting standards, experience of lending staff, economic conditions, and portfolio concentrations, regulatory, legal, competition, quality of loan review system, and value of underlying collateral. In the formula allowance for commercial and commercial real estate loans, the historical loss rate is combined with the qualitative factors, resulting in an adjusted loss factor for each risk-grade category of loans.  The period-end balances for each loan risk-grade category are multiplied by the adjusted loss factor.  Allowance calculations for residential real estate and consumer loans are calculated based on historical losses for each product category without regard to risk grade. This loss rate is combined with qualitative factors resulting in an adjusted loss factor for each product category.

26

The specific allowance uses various techniques to arrive at an estimate of loss for specifically identified impaired loans. These include:

·
The present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate.  The effective interest rate on a loan is the rate of return implicit in the loan (that is, the contractual interest rate adjusted for any net deferred loan fees or costs and any premium or discount existing at the origination or acquisition of the loan);
·
The loan's observable market price, or
·
The fair value of the collateral, net of estimated costs to dispose, if the loan is collateral dependent.

        The use of these computed values is inherently subjective and actual losses could be greater or less than the estimates.

No single statistic, formula, or measurement determines the adequacy of the allowance.  Management makes subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain, and different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions.  For analytical purposes, management allocates a portion of the allowance to specific loan categories and specific loans.  However, the entire allowance is used to absorb credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio, including identified and unidentified losses.

The relationships and ratios used in calculating the allowance, including the qualitative factors, may change from period to period as facts and circumstances evolve.  Furthermore, management cannot provide assurance that in any particular period the Bank will not have sizeable credit losses in relation to the amount reserved.  Management may find it necessary to significantly adjust the allowance, considering current factors at the time.
 
Mergers and Acquisitions
 
Business combinations are accounted for under Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 805, Business Combinations, using the acquisition method of accounting. The acquisition method of accounting requires an acquirer to recognize the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at the acquisition date measured at their fair values as of that date. To determine the fair values, the Company will rely on third party valuations, such as appraisals, or internal valuations based on discounted cash flow analysis or other valuation techniques. Under the acquisition method of accounting, the Company will identify the acquirer and the closing date and apply applicable recognition principles and conditions.
 
Acquisition-related costs are costs the Company incurs to effect a business combination. Those costs include advisory, legal, accounting, valuation, and other professional or consulting fees. Some other examples of costs to the Company include systems conversions, integration planning, consultants and advertising costs. The Company will account for acquisition-related costs as expenses in the periods in which the costs are incurred and the services are received, with one exception. The costs to issue debt or equity securities will be recognized in accordance with other applicable GAAP. These acquisition-related costs have been and will be included within the Consolidated Statements of Income classified within the noninterest expense caption.

Acquired Loans with Specific Credit-Related Deterioration
 
Acquired loans with specific credit deterioration are accounted for by the Company in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") ASC 310-30, Receivables - Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality. Certain acquired loans, those for which specific credit-related deterioration, since origination, is identified, are recorded at fair value reflecting the present value of the amounts expected to be collected. Income recognition on these loans is based on a reasonable expectation about the timing and amount of cash flows to be collected. Acquired loans deemed impaired and considered collateral dependent, with the timing of the sale of loan collateral indeterminate, remain on non-accrual status and have no accretable yield.

Goodwill Impairment

The Company performs its annual analysis as of June 30 each fiscal year. Accounting guidance permits preliminary assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether more substantial impairment testing is required. The Company chose to bypass the preliminary assessment and utilized a two-step process for impairment testing of goodwill. The first step tests for impairment, while the second step, if necessary, measures the impairment.  No indicators of impairment were identified during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

27

NON-GAAP PRESENTATIONS

The analysis of net interest income in this document is performed on a taxable equivalent basis to facilitate performance comparisons among various taxable and tax-exempt assets.

ACQUISITION OF MAINSTREET BANKSHARES, INC.

     On January 1, 2015, the Company completed its acquisition of MainStreet. The merger of MainStreet with and into the Company was effected pursuant to the terms and conditions of the MainStreet Merger Agreement.  Immediately after the merger of MainStreet into the Company, Franklin Community Bank, N.A., MainStreet's wholly-owned bank subsidiary, merged with and into the Bank.

Pursuant to the MainStreet Merger Agreement, the former holders of shares of MainStreet common stock received $3.46 in cash and 0.482 shares of the Company's common stock for each share of MainStreet common stock held immediately prior to the effective date of the merger, plus cash in lieu of fractional shares. Each option to purchase shares of MainStreet common stock that was outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of the merger vested upon the merger and was converted into an option to purchase shares of the Company's common stock, adjusted based on a 0.643 exchange ratio. Each share of the Company's common stock outstanding immediately prior to the merger remained outstanding and was unaffected by the merger. The cash portion of the merger consideration was funded through a cash dividend of $6 million from the Bank to the Company, and no borrowing was incurred by the Company or the Bank in connection with the merger.

MainStreet was the holding company for Franklin Bank.  As of December 31, 2014, MainStreet had net loans of approximately $122 million, total assets of approximately $164 million, and total deposits of approximately $137 million. Franklin Bank provided banking services to its customers from three banking offices located in Rocky Mount, Hardy, and Union Hall, Virginia, which are now branch offices of the Bank.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Net Income
 
Net income for 2014 was $12,741,000 compared to $15,747,000 for 2013, a decrease of $3,006,000 or 19.1%. Basic and diluted earnings per share were $1.62 for 2014 compared to $2.00 for the 2013. This net income produced for 2014 a return on average assets of 0.97%, a return on average equity of 7.40%, and a return on average tangible equity of 10.31%.

Net income for 2013 was $15,747,000 compared to $16,006,000 for 2012, a decrease of $259,000 or 1.6%. Basic and diluted earnings per share were $2.00 for 2013 compared to $2.04 for the 2012. This net income produced for 2013 a return on average assets of 1.20%, a return on average equity of 9.52%, and a return on average tangible equity of 13.75%.

Earnings for 2014, 2013, and 2012 were favorably impacted by the July 2011 merger between American National and MidCarolina. The ongoing impact of the merger was mostly manifested in the increase in assets of approximately $500 million. However, the specific financial impact of the fair value adjustments related to the merger was much smaller in 2014 than 2013.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is the difference between interest income on earning assets, primarily loans and securities, and interest expense on interest bearing liabilities, primarily deposits.  Fluctuations in interest rates as well as volume and mix changes in earning assets and interest bearing liabilities can materially impact net interest income.  The July 2011 merger with MidCarolina impacted net interest income positively for 2013 and 2014, that impact was mostly related to accretion income on the loan portfolio. This is discussed more fully in the Fair Value Impact to Net Income section below. The Company expects this favorable impact to decline rapidly over the next several years.

The following discussion of net interest income is presented on a taxable equivalent basis to facilitate performance comparisons among various taxable and tax-exempt assets, such as certain state and municipal securities.  A tax rate of 35% was used in adjusting interest on tax-exempt assets to a fully taxable equivalent basis.  Net interest income divided by average earning assets is referred to as the net interest margin. The net interest spread represents the difference between the average rate earned on earning assets and the average rate paid on interest bearing liabilities.  All references in this section relate to average yields and rates and average asset and liability balances during the periods discussed.

28

Net interest income on a taxable equivalent basis decreased $4,819,000 or 9.9% in 2014 from 2013, following a $3,357,000 or 6.5% decrease in 2013 from 2012.  The decrease in net interest income in 2014 was primarily due to lower accretion income related to the MidCarolina acquired loan portfolio, which accounted for $4,721,000 or 97.9% of the decrease. Excluding the change in accretion income declines in yields on earnings assets were almost offset by decreased cost of interest bearing liabilities. . 

Yields on loans were 4.88% in 2014 compared to 5.65% in 2013.   Cost of funds was 0.64% in 2014 compared to 0.72% in 2013. Between 2014 and 2013, deposit rates for demand accounts decreased to 0.04% from 0.07%, money market accounts decreased to 0.13% from 0.19%, and time deposits decreased to 1.17% from 1.22%.  Management regularly reviews deposit pricing and attempts to keep costs as low as possible, while remaining competitive. The net interest margin was 3.66% for 2014, 4.10% for 2013, and 4.44% for 2012.

During 2008, the Federal Open Market Committee of the FRB reduced the federal funds rate seven times from 4.25% to 0.25%, where it has remained through early 2015. This historically low rate environment has had a significant effect on the Company's net interest margin. Based on recent FRB pronouncements, rates are expected to remain at or near historical lows through at least midyear 2015.

Net interest income on a taxable equivalent basis decreased $3,357,000 or 6.5% in 2013 from 2012, following a $9,577,000 or 22.6% increase in 2012 from 2011.  The decrease in net interest income in 2013 was due to lower accretion income related to the MidCarolina acquired loan portfolio, which accounted for $1,723,000 or 51.3% of the decrease.  The remainder was attributable to changes in volumes, rates and yields.

 Yields on loans were 5.65% in 2013 compared to 6.06% in 2012.  Costs of funds were lower in 2013 compared to 2012, especially with respect to time deposits, which were 1.22% for 2013 compared to 1.36% for 2012. Deposit rates for demand account decreased to 0.07% in 2013 from 0.13% in 2012 and money market accounts decreased to 0.19% in 2013 from 0.30% in 2012. The net interest margin was 4.10% for 2013, 4.44% for 2012, and 4.35% for 2011.

The following presentation is an analysis of net interest income and related yields and rates, on a taxable equivalent basis, for the last three years.  Nonaccrual loans are included in average balances.  Interest income on nonaccrual loans, if recognized, is recorded on a cash basis or when the loan returns to accrual status.
29



Net Interest Income Analysis
(in thousands, except yields and rates)
 
 
 
Average Balance
   
Interest Income/Expense
   
Average Yield/Rate
 
                                     
 
 
2014
   
2013
   
2012
   
2014
   
2013
   
2012
   
2014
   
2013
   
2012
 
Loans:
                                   
Commercial
 
$
122,434
   
$
125,283
   
$
128,031
   
$
5,436
   
$
6,082
   
$
6,642
     
4.44
%
   
4.85
%
   
5.19
%
Real estate
   
677,633
     
663,224
     
677,314
     
33,508
     
38,425
     
42,088
     
4.94
     
5.79
     
6.21
 
Consumer
   
4,792
     
5,847
     
8,359
     
354
     
403
     
605
     
7.39
     
6.89
     
7.24
 
Total loans
   
804,859
     
794,354
     
813,704
     
39,298
     
44,910
     
49,335
     
4.88
     
5.65
     
6.06
 
 
                                                                       
Securities:
                                                                       
Federal agencies and GSEs
   
74,390
     
55,435
     
36,066
     
852
     
532
     
545
     
1.15
     
0.96
     
1.51
 
Mortgage-backed and CMOs
   
61,377
     
74,909
     
94,183
     
1,453
     
1,442
     
1,906
     
2.37
     
1.93
     
2.02
 
State and municipal
   
187,595
     
193,254
     
182,939
     
7,307
     
7,750
     
7,829
     
3.90
     
4.01
     
4.28
 
Other
   
15,106
     
15,007
     
11,654
     
477
     
430
     
435
     
3.16
     
2.87
     
3.73
 
Total securities
   
338,468
     
338,605
     
324,842
     
10,089
     
10,154
     
10,715
     
2.98
     
3.00
     
3.30
 
 
                                                                       
Deposits in other banks
   
52,768
     
53,857
     
32,080
     
156
     
151
     
80
     
0.30
     
0.28
     
0.25
 
 
                                                                       
Total interest earning assets
   
1,196,095
     
1,186,816
     
1,170,626
     
49,543
     
55,215
     
60,130
     
4.14
     
4.65
     
5.14
 
 
                                                                       
Nonearning assets
   
116,377
     
120,338
     
132,455
                                                 
 
                                                                       
Total assets
 
$
1,312,472
   
$
1,307,154
   
$
1,303,081
                                                 
 
                                                                       
Deposits:
                                                                       
Demand
 
$
183,994
   
$
161,602
   
$
142,296
     
71
     
111
     
190
     
0.04
     
0.07
     
0.13
 
Money market
   
177,046
     
178,235
     
174,027
     
232
     
338
     
521
     
0.13
     
0.19
     
0.30
 
Savings
   
88,629
     
84,162
     
78,358
     
47
     
71
     
111
     
0.05
     
0.08
     
0.14
 
Time
   
368,712
     
405,213
     
443,549
     
4,304
     
4,940
     
6,021
     
1.17
     
1.22
     
1.36
 
Total deposits
   
818,381
     
829,212
     
838,230
     
4,654
     
5,460
     
6,843
     
0.57
     
0.66
     
0.82
 
 
                                                                       
Customer repurchase agreements
   
43,724
     
47,816
     
46,939
     
7
     
40
     
148
     
0.02
     
0.08
     
0.32
 
Other short-term borrowings
   
701
     
1
     
496
     
2
     
-
     
2
     
0.29
     
0.40
     
0.42
 
Long-term borrowings
   
37,398
     
37,437
     
37,415
     
1,067
     
1,083
     
1,148
     
2.85
     
2.89
     
3.07
 
Total interest bearing liabilities
   
900,204
     
914,466
     
923,080
     
5,730
     
6,583
     
8,141
     
0.64
     
0.72
     
0.88
 
 
                                                                       
Noninterest bearing demand deposits
   
234,149
     
220,980
     
213,129
                                                 
Other liabilities
   
5,912
     
6,370
     
8,025
                                                 
Shareholders' equity
   
172,207
     
165,338
     
158,847
                                                 
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
 
$
1,312,472
   
$
1,307,154
   
$
1,303,081
                                                 
 
                                                                       
Interest rate spread
                                                   
3.50
%
   
3.93
%
   
4.26
%
Net interest margin
                                                   
3.66
%
   
4.10
%
   
4.44
%
 
                                                                       
Net interest income (taxable equivalent basis)
                     
43,813
     
48,632
     
51,989
                 
Less: Taxable equivalent adjustment
                     
2,088
     
2,259
     
2,324
                 
Net interest income
                           
$
41,725
   
$
46,373
   
$
49,665
                 
 
30

The following table presents the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense, and distinguishes between changes resulting from fluctuations in average balances of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities (volume),and changes resulting from fluctuations in average interest rates on such assets and liabilities (rate).  Changes attributable to both volume and rate have been allocated proportionately (dollars in thousands):

Changes in Net Interest Income (Rate / Volume Analysis

 
 
2014 vs. 2013
   
2013 vs. 2012
 
 
 
   
Change
   
   
Change
 
 
 
Increase
   
Attributable to
   
Increase
   
Attributable to
 
Interest income
 
(Decrease)
   
Rate
   
Volume
   
(Decrease)
   
Rate
   
Volume
 
Loans:
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Commercial
 
$
(646
)
 
$
(510
)
 
$
(136
)
 
$
(560
)
 
$
(420
)
 
$
(140
)
Real estate
   
(4,917
)
   
(5,736
)
   
819
     
(3,663
)
   
(2,801
)
   
(862
)
Consumer
   
(49
)
   
27
     
(76
)
   
(202
)
   
(28
)
   
(174
)
Total loans
   
(5,612
)
   
(6,219
)
   
607
     
(4,425
)
   
(3,249
)
   
(1,176
)
Securities:
                                               
Federal agencies and GSEs
   
320
     
116
     
204
     
(13
)
   
(242
)
   
229
 
Mortgage-backed and CMOs
   
11
     
298
     
(287
)
   
(464
)
   
(89
)
   
(375
)
State and municipal
   
(443
)
   
(219
)
   
(224
)
   
(79
)
   
(507
)
   
428
 
Other securities
   
47
     
44
     
3
     
(5
)
   
(114
)
   
109
 
Total securities
   
(65
)
   
239
     
(304
)
   
(561
)
   
(952
)
   
391
 
Deposits in other banks
   
5
     
8
     
(3
)
   
71
     
11
     
60
 
Total interest income
   
(5,672
)
   
(5,972
)
   
300
     
(4,915
)
   
(4,190
)
   
(725
)
 
                                               
Interest expense
                                               
Deposits:
                                               
Demand
   
(40
)
   
(54
)
   
14
     
(79
)
   
(102
)
   
23
 
Money market
   
(106
)
   
(104
)
   
(2
)
   
(183
)
   
(195
)
   
12
 
Savings
   
(24
)
   
(28
)
   
4
     
(40
)
   
(48
)
   
8
 
Time
   
(636
)
   
(204
)
   
(432
)
   
(1,081
)
   
(585
)
   
(496
)
Total deposits
   
(806
)
   
(390
)
   
(416
)
   
(1,383
)
   
(930
)
   
(453
)
Customer repurchase agreements
   
(33
)
   
(30
)
   
(3
)
   
(108
)
   
(111
)
   
3
 
Other borrowings
   
(14
)
   
(33
)
   
19
     
(67
)
   
(53
)
   
(14
)
Total interest expense
   
(853
)
   
(453
)
   
(400
)
   
(1,558
)
   
(1,094
)
   
(464
)
Net interest income
 
$
(4,819
)
 
$
(5,519
)
 
$
700
   
$
(3,357
)
 
$
(3,096
)
 
$
(261
)

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income is generated from a variety of sources, including fee-based deposit services, trust and investment services, mortgage banking, and retail brokerage.  Noninterest income also includes net gains or losses on sales, calls, or impairment of investment securities.
 
2014 compared to 2013

Noninterest income was $11,176,000 in 2014 compared to $10,827,000 in 2013, an increase of $349,000 or 3.2%.

Fees from the management of trusts, estates, and asset management accounts were $4,196,000 in 2014 compared to $3,689,000 in 2013, a $507,000 or 13.7% increase.  A substantial portion of trust fees are earned based on account market values, so changes in the equity markets may have a large and potentially volatile impact on revenue. This size of this increase was significantly impacted by a $330,000 refund, paid in the first quarter of 2013, related to a long running error in a trust agreement.
 
Service charges on deposit accounts were $1,735,000 in 2014 compared to $1,750,000 in 2013, a decrease of $15,000 or 0.9%.

Other fees and commissions were $1,903,000 in 2014 compared to $1,864,000 in 2013, an increase of $39,000 or 2.1%.

Mortgage banking income was $1,126,000 in 2014 compared to $2,008,000 in 2013, a decrease of $882,000 or 43.9%.  Recent increases in mortgage interest rates have slowed demand for mortgage loan refinancing and have, accordingly, reduced volume and income. Also contributing to the decline in demand is that most credit worthy customers who desired a mortgage refinance have already taken advantage of the low interest rates. Secondary market mortgage loan volume for the year was $49,565,000 compared to $79,392,000 the prior year.

31

Securities gains were $505,000 in 2014 compared to $192,000 in 2013.  The Company sold bonds consistent with its ongoing asset liability and liquidity objectives. Most of these sales where related to issuers located within states with which management had some significant credit or economic concerns.

Other noninterest income was $1,711,000 in 2014 compared to $1,324,000 in 2013, an increase of $387,000 or 29.2%.  This increase was primarily due to brokerage income, which was up $174,000 and income from an equity investment in a Small Business Investment Company ("SBIC"), which was up $164,000. Income from the SBIC investment is erratic and unpredictable in nature.
 
2013 compared to 2012

Noninterest income was $10,827,000 in 2013 compared to $11,410,000 in 2012, a decrease of $583,000 or 5.1%.

Fees from the management of trusts, estates, and asset management accounts were $3,689,000 in 2013 compared to $3,703,000 in 2012, a $14,000 or 0.4% decrease. A substantial portion of trust fees are earned based on account market values, so changes in the equity markets may have a large impact on income. This years decrease was significantly impacted by a $330,000 refund, paid in the first quarter of 2013, related to a long running error in a trust agreement.
 
Service charges on deposit accounts were $1,750,000 in 2013 compared to $1,757,000 in 2012, a $7,000 or 0.4% decrease.

Other fees and commissions were $1,864,000 in 2013 compared to $1,768,000 in 2012, a $96,000 or 5.4% increase, due primarily to increases in VISA check card income.

Mortgage banking income was $2,008,000 in 2013 compared to $2,234,000 in 2012, a $226,000 or 10.1% decrease.  Secondary market mortgage loan volume for the year was $79,392,000 compared to 100,119,000 the prior year.
 
Securities gains were $192,000 in 2013 compared to $158,000 in 2012.

Other noninterest income was $1,324,000 in 2013 compared to $1,790,000 in 2012, a $466,000 or 26.0% decrease.  This decrease was primarily due a gain of $495,000 realized in 2012 from the sale of the Riverside branch office property that had been closed since 2009.
Noninterest Expense

2014 compared to 2013

Noninterest expense was $34,558,000 in 2014 compared to $35,105,000 in 2013, a decrease of $547,000 or 1.6%.

Salaries were $14,688,000 in 2014 compared to $14,059,000 in 2013, an increase of $629,000 or 4.5%. Employee benefits were $2,988,000 in 2014 compared to $3,848,000 in 2013, a decrease of $860,000 or 22.3%.  A large portion of this decrease, $778,000, was related to pension expense. Pension expense is impacted by market interest rates and participant decisions regarding retirement distributions, which can be difficult for the Company to predict.  Total full time equivalent employees were 284 at the end of 2014 compared to 290 at the end of 2013.

Occupancy and equipment expense were $3,727,000 for 2014 compared to $3,614,000 for 2013, an increase of $113,000 or 3.1%.

FDIC insurance assessment was $647,000 for both 2014 and 2013.

Bank franchise tax was $901,000 in 2014 compared to $745,000 in 2013, an increase of $156,000 or 20.9% due to an small accrual adjustment for North Carolina bank franchise taxes.

Core deposit intangible amortization was $1,114,000 in 2014 compared to $1,501,000 in 2013, a decrease of $387,000 or 25.8%. Core deposit amortization is based on an independent valuation analysis conducted at the time of the merger transaction. The amounts reflected in the financial statements are computed on an accelerated method over an estimated life of nine years.

32

Data processing expense was $1,448,000 in 2014 compared to $1,248,000 in 2013, an increase of $200,000 or 16.0%.

Software expense was $1,019,000 in 2014 compared to $923,000 in 2013, an increase of $96,000 or 10.4%.

Foreclosed real estate, sometimes referred to as Other Real Estate Owned ("OREO") expense, includes gains and losses on sale of foreclosed properties, adjustments related to re-appraisals of foreclosed properties, and operating expenses related to maintaining foreclosed properties. Total OREO related expenses for 2014 and 2013 are shown in the following table (dollars in thousands):

 
 
2014
   
2013
 
 
 
   
 
(Gain) on sale of OREO
 
$
(66
)
 
$
(85
)
OREO valuation adjustments
   
68
     
1,070
 
OREO related expense
   
238
     
538
 
 
 
$
240
   
$
1,523
 

Merger related expenses associated with the acquisition of MainStreet were $780,000 in 2014; there were no expenses in 2013. Management anticipates significant merger related expense to be recognized in the first and second quarters of 2015.

Other noninterest expense was $7,006,000 in 2014 compared to $6,997,000 in 2013, an increase of $9,000 or 0.1%.  

2013 compared to 2012

Noninterest expense was $35,105,000 in 2013 compared to $36,643,000 in 2012, a decrease of $1,538,000 or 4.2%.

Salaries were $14,059,000 in 2013 compared to $15,785,000 in 2012, a decrease of $1,726,000 or 10.9%. Employee benefits were $3,848,000 in 2013 compared to $3,604,000 in 2012, an increase of $244,000 or 6.8%.  Total full time equivalent employees were 290 at the end of 2013 compared to 307 at the end of 2012.

Occupancy and equipment expense were $3,614,000 for 2013 compared to $3,951,000 for 2012, a decrease of $337,000 or 8.5%.

FDIC insurance assessment was $647,000 in 2013 compared to $692,000 in 2012, a decrease of $45,000 or 6.5%.

Bank franchise tax was $745,000 in 2013 compared to $690,000 in 2012, an increase of $55,000 or 8.0%.

Core deposit intangible amortization was $1,501,000 in 2013 compared to $1,935,000 in 2012, a decrease of $434,000 or 22.4%.  Core deposit amortization is based on an independent valuation analysis conducted at the time of the merger transaction. The amounts reflected in the financial statements are computed on an accelerated method over an estimated life of nine years.

Data processing expense was $1,248,000 in 2013 compared to $512,000 in 2012, an increase of $736,000. The Company converted its management information systems from an in-house system to an outsourced processing system in the first quarter 2012.  The first year monthly processing costs were heavily discounted.

Software expense was $923,000 in 2013 compared to $1,028,000 in 2012, a decrease of $105,000 or 10.2%.

Total OREO related expenses for 2013 and 2012 are shown in the following table (dollars in thousands):

 
 
2013
   
2012
 
 
 
   
 
(Gain) on sale of OREO
 
$
(85
)
 
$
(388
)
OREO valuation adjustments
   
1,070
     
502
 
OREO related expense
   
538
     
414
 
 
 
$
1,523
   
$
528
 

33

Merger related expenses associated with the acquisition of MidCarolina were zero in 2013 compared to $19,000 in 2012.

Other noninterest expense was $6,997,000 in 2013 compared to $7,899,000 in 2012, a decrease of $902,000 or 11.4%.  Expenses in 2012 were negatively impacted by the combination of the MidCarolina merger in mid-2011 and the management information system conversion in early 2012.

Income Taxes

Income taxes on 2014 earnings amounted to $5,202,000, resulting in an effective tax rate of 29.0%, compared to 27.8% in 2013 and 28.2% in 2012.  The major difference between the statutory rate and the effective rate results from income that is not taxable for federal income tax purposes.  The primary non-taxable income is that of state and municipal securities and industrial revenue bonds or loans.
 
Fair Value Impact to Pretax Income

The July 2011 merger with MidCarolina has had a material and positive impact on earnings. The ongoing impact of the merger was mostly manifested in the increase in assets of approximately $500 million. However, the specific financial impact of the fair value related accounting adjustments is reflected in the following tables. The tables present the actual effect of the accretable and amortizable fair value adjustments attributable to the merger on net interest income and pretax income for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively (dollars in thousands):

 
 
 
   
December 31, 2014
   
 
                 Income Statement Effect
 
Premium/ (Discount) Balance on December 31, 2013
   
For the year ended
   
Remaining Premium/ (Discount) Balance
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
Interest income/(expense):
 
 
   
   
   
 
Loans
Income
 
$
(5,010
)
 
$
1,608
   
$
(3,358
)
   
(1
)
Accretable portion of acquired impaired loans
Income
   
(2,046
)
   
1,185
     
(1,440
)
   
(2
)
FHLB advances
Expense
   
87
     
(22
)
   
65
         
Trust preferred securities
Expense
   
1,964
     
(102
)
   
1,862
         
Net Interest Income
 
           
2,669
                 
 
 
                               
Non-interest (expense)
 
                               
Amortization of core deposit intangible
Expense
 
$
2,969
     
(924
)
 
$
2,045
         
Net non-interest expense
 
           
(924
)
               
 
 
                               
Change in pretax income
 
         
$
1,745
                 
                                   
(1) Remaining discount balance includes $35,000 of mark moved to OREO and $9,000 of charge-offs against the mark.
 
(2) Remaining discount balance includes $579,000 in reclassifications from the non-accretable difference.
 

34


 
 
 
   
December 31, 2013
   
 
 
                  Income Statement Effect
 
Premium/ (Discount) Balance on December 31, 2012
   
For the year ended
   
Remaining Premium/ (Discount) Balance
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
Interest income/(expense):
 
 
   
   
   
 
Loans
Income
 
$
(9,631
)
 
$
4,601
   
$
(5,010
)
   
(1
)
Accretable portion of acquired impaired loans
Income
   
(2,165
)
   
2,635
     
(2,046
)
   
(2
)
Time deposits-brokered
Income
   
(278
)
   
278
     
-
         
FHLB advances
Expense
   
109
     
(22
)
   
87
         
Trust preferred securities
Expense
   
2,066
     
(102
)
   
1,964
         
Net Interest Income
 
           
7,390
                 
 
 
                               
Non-interest (expense)
 
                               
Amortization of core deposit intangible
Expense
 
$
4,094
     
(1,125
)
 
$
2,969
         
Net non-interest expense
 
           
(1,125
)
               
 
 
                               
Change in pretax income
 
         
$
6,265
                 
                                   
(1) Remaining discount balance includes $9,000 of mark moved to OREO and $11,000 of charge-offs against the mark.
 
(2) Remaining discount balance includes $2,516,000 in reclassifications from the non-accretable difference.
 

 
 
 
   
December 31, 2012
   
 
 
                  Income Statement Effect
 
Premium/ (Discount) Balance on December 31, 2011
   
For the year ended
   
Remaining Premium/ (Discount) Balance
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
Interest income/(expense):
 
 
   
   
   
 
Loans
Income
 
$
(15,908
)
 
$
6,098
   
$
(9,631
)
   
(1
)
Accretable portion of acquired impaired loans
Income
   
(1,056
)
   
2,616
     
(2,165
)
   
(2
)
Time deposits
Income
   
(110
)
   
110
     
-
         
Time deposits-brokered
Income
   
(694
)
   
416
     
(278
)
       
FHLB advances
Expense
   
131
     
(22
)
   
109
         
Trust preferred securities
Expense
   
2,171
     
(105
)
   
2,066
         
Net Interest Income
 
           
7,390
                 
 
 
                               
Non-interest (expense)
 
                               
Amortization of core deposit intangible
Expense
 
$
5,652
     
(1,558
)
 
$
4,094
         
Net non-interest expense
 
           
(1,558
)
               
 
 
                               
Change in pretax income
 
         
$
7,555
                 
                                   
(1) Remaining discount balance includes $179,000 of charge-offs against the mark.
 
(2) Remaining discount balance includes $3,725,000 in reclassifications from the non-accretable difference.
 
 
Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

The majority of assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature and therefore differ greatly from most commercial and industrial companies that have significant investments in fixed assets or inventories.  The most significant effect of inflation is on noninterest expenses that tend to rise during periods of inflation.  Changes in interest rates have a greater impact on a financial institution's profitability than do the effects of higher costs for goods and services.  Through its balance sheet management practices, the Company has the ability to react to those changes and measure and monitor its interest rate and liquidity risk.

35

Market Risk Management

Effectively managing market risk is essential to achieving the Company's financial objectives.  Market risk reflects the risk of economic loss resulting from changes in interest rates and market prices.  The Company is generally not subject to currency exchange risk or commodity price risk.  The Company's primary market risk exposure is interest rate risk; however, market risk also includes liquidity risk.  Both are discussed in the following sections.

Interest Rate Risk Management
 
Interest rate risk and its impact on net interest income is a primary market risk exposure.  The Company manages its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates through policies approved by its Asset Liability Committee ("ALCO") and Board of Directors, both of which receive and review periodic reports of the Company's interest rate risk position.
 
The Company uses computer simulation analysis to measure the sensitivity of projected earnings to changes in interest rates.  Simulation takes into account current balance sheet volumes and the scheduled repricing dates, instrument level optionality, and maturities of assets and liabilities.  It incorporates numerous assumptions including growth, changes in the mix of assets and liabilities, prepayments, and average rates earned and paid.  Based on this information, management uses the model to project net interest income under multiple interest rate scenarios.

A balance sheet is considered asset sensitive when its earning assets (loans and securities) reprise faster or to a greater extent than its liabilities (deposits and borrowings).  An asset sensitive balance sheet will produce relatively more net interest income when interest rates rise and less net interest income when they decline.  Based on the Company's simulation analysis, management believes the Company's interest sensitivity position at December 31, 2014 is asset sensitive.  Management has no expectation that market interest rates will materially decline in the near term, given the prevailing economy and apparent Federal Reserve monetary policy.
 
Earnings Simulation

The table below shows the estimated impact of changes in interest rates on net interest income as of December 31, 2014 (dollars in thousands), assuming gradual and parallel changes in interest rates, and consistent levels of assets and liabilities.  Net interest income for the following twelve months is projected to increase when interest rates are higher than current rates. 

Estimated Changes in Net Interest Income
 
 
December 31, 2014
 
 
Change in net interest Income
 
 
 
 
Change in interest rates
Amount
 
Percent
 
 
 
 
Up  4.0%
 
$
9,613
     
20.7
%
Up  3.0%
   
7,279
     
15.7
 
Up  2.0%
   
4,831
     
10.4
 
Up  1.0%
   
2,346
     
5.1
 
Flat
   
-
     
-
 
Down 0.25%
   
(884
)
   
(1.9
)
Down 0.50%
   
(1,828
)
   
(3.9
)

Management cannot predict future interest rates or their exact effect on net interest income.  Computations of future effects of hypothetical interest rate changes are based on numerous assumptions and should not be relied upon as indicative of actual results.  Certain limitations are inherent in such computations.  Assets and liabilities may react differently than projected to changes in market interest rates.   The interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while rates on other types of assets and liabilities may lag changes in market interest rates.  Interest rate shifts may not be parallel.

Changes in interest rates can cause substantial changes in the amount of prepayments of loans and mortgage-backed securities, which may in turn affect the Company's interest rate sensitivity position.  Additionally, credit risk may rise if an interest rate increase adversely affects the ability of borrowers to service their debt.
 
36

Economic Value Simulation
 
Economic value simulation is used to calculate the estimated fair value of assets and liabilities over different interest rate environments. Economic values are calculated based on discounted cash flow analysis. The net economic value of equity is the economic value of all assets minus the economic value of all liabilities. The change in net economic value over different rate environments is an indication of the longer-term earnings capability of the balance sheet. The same assumptions are used in the economic value simulation as in the earnings simulation. The economic value simulation uses instantaneous rate shocks to the balance sheet.

The following chart reflects the estimated change in net economic value over different rate environments using economic value simulation for the balances at the period ended December 31, 2014 (dollars in thousands):
 
Estimated Changes in Economic Value of Equity

 
December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
Change in interest rates
Amount
 
$ Change
 
% Change
 
 
 
 
 
Up 4%
 
$
216,829
   
$
24,994
     
13.0
%
Up 3%
   
213,938
     
22,103
     
11.5
 
Up 2%
   
208,830
     
16,995
     
8.9
 
Up 1%
   
201,249
     
9,414
     
4.9
 
Flat
   
191,835
     
-
     
-
 
Down 0.25%
   
187,941
     
(3,894
)
   
(2.0
)
Down 0.50%
   
183,672
     
(8,163
)
   
(4.3
)

 
Liquidity Risk Management

Liquidity is the ability of the Company in a timely manner to convert assets into cash or cash equivalents without significant loss and to raise additional funds by increasing liabilities.  Liquidity management involves maintaining the Company's ability to meet the daily cash flow requirements of its customers, whether they are borrowers requiring funds or depositors desiring to withdraw funds.  Additionally, the Company requires cash for various operating needs including dividends to shareholders, the servicing of debt, and the payment of general corporate expenses.  The Company manages its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and liquidity needs through policies approved by the ALCO and Board of Directors, both of which receive periodic reports of the Company's interest rate risk and liquidity position.  The Company uses a computer simulation model to assist in the management of the future liquidity needs of the Company.

Liquidity sources include on balance sheet and off balance sheet sources.

Balance sheet liquidity sources include cash, amounts due from banks, loan repayments, bond maturities and calls, and increases in deposits. Further, the Company maintains a large, high quality, very liquid bond portfolio, which is generally 50% to 60% unpledged and would, accordingly, be available for sale if necessary.

Off balance sheet sources include lines of credit from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta ("FHLB"), federal funds lines of credit, and access to the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond's discount window.


The Company has a line of credit with the FHLB, equal to 30% of the Company's assets, subject to the amount of collateral pledged.  Under the terms of its collateral agreement with the FHLB, the Company provides a blanket lien covering all of its residential first mortgage loans, home equity lines of credit, commercial real estate loans and commercial construction loans.  In addition, the Company pledges as collateral its capital stock in and deposits with the FHLB.  At December 31, 2014, principal advance obligations to the FHLB consisted of $9,935,000 in fixed-rate, long-term advances compared to $9,951,000 in long-term advances at December 31, 2013.  The Company also had outstanding $70,700,000 in letters of credit at December 31, 2014 and $72,700,000 at December 31, 2013.  The letters of credit provide the Bank with additional collateral for securing public entity deposits above FDIC insurance levels, thereby providing less need for collateral pledging from the securities portfolio and thereby increasing on balance sheet liquidity.

Short term borrowing is discussed in note 10 and long-term borrowing is discussed in note 11 of the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

The Company has federal funds lines of credit established with two correspondent banks in the amounts of $15,000,000 and $10,000,000, and, additionally, has access to the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond's discount window.  There were no amounts outstanding under these facilities at December 31, 2014.

37

The Company, through its subsidiary bank, has a relationship with Promontory Network, the sponsoring entity for the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service® ("CDARS"). Through CDARS, the Company is able to provide deposit customers with access to aggregate FDIC insurance in amounts far exceeding $250,000.  This gives the Company the ability, as and when needed, to attract and retain large deposits from insurance sensitive customers.  CDARS are classified as brokered deposits, however they are generally derived from customers with whom our institution has or wishes to have a direct and ongoing core deposit relationship.  As a result, management considers these deposits functionally, though not technically, in the same category as core deposits. With CDARS, the Company has the option to keep deposits on balance sheet or sell them to other members of the network.   Additionally, subject to certain limits, the Company can use CDARS to purchase cost-effective funding without collateralization and in lieu of generating funds through traditional brokered CDs or the FHLB.   Thus, CDARS serves as a deposit-gathering tool and an additional liquidity management tool.  Deposits through the CDARS program as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $22,255,000 and $22,375,000, respectively.

 At the end of 2012, the FDIC's Transaction Account Guarantee program ('TAG") expired. TAG provided unlimited deposit insurance on noninterest bearing transaction accounts. In anticipation of this change, the Bank decided to participate in a new product which provides the Bank will the capability of providing additional deposit insurance to customers in the context of a money market account arrangement. The product is analogous to the CDARs product discussed above.

Management believes that these sources provide sufficient and timely liquidity, both on and off balance sheet.

 
BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

Securities

The securities portfolio generates income, plays a strategic role in the management of interest rate sensitivity, provides a source of liquidity, and is used to meet collateral requirements.  The securities portfolio consists of high quality investments, mostly federal agency, mortgage-backed, and state and municipal securities.

The Company is cognizant of the continuing historically low interest rate environment and has elected to maintain a defensive asset liability strategy of purchasing high quality taxable securities of relatively short duration and somewhat longer term tax exempt securities, whose market values are not as volatile in rising rate environments as similar termed taxable investments.
38

The following table presents information on the amortized cost, maturities, and taxable equivalent yields of securities at the end of the last three years (dollars in thousands, except yields):
 

 
 
As of December 31,
 
 
 
2014
   
2013
   
2012
 
 
 
Amortized
Cost
   
Taxable
Equivalent
Yield
   
Amortized
Cost
   
Taxable
Equivalent
Yield
   
Amortized
Cost
   
Taxable
Equivalent
Yield
 
Federal Agencies:
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Within 1 year
 
$
1,004
     
1.44
%
 
$
1,000
     
3.17
%
 
$
1,000
     
2.70
%
1 to 5 years
   
56,195
     
1.05
     
58,203
     
0.98
     
38,929
     
1.03
 
5 to 10 years
   
19,718
     
1.72
     
7,038
     
0.88
     
2,529
     
0.93
 
Over 10 years
   
5,041
     
2.63
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Total
   
81,958
     
1.32
     
66,241
     
1.00
     
42,458
     
1.07
 
 
                                               
Mortgage-backed:
                                               
Within 1 year
   
-
     
-
     
96
     
2.72
     
1
     
4.89
 
1 to 5 years
   
3,471
     
4.18
     
2,371
     
4.67
     
3,049
     
4.51
 
5 to 10 years
   
17,567
     
2.42
     
22,285
     
2.43
     
25,220
     
2.05
 
Over 10 years
   
35.251
     
2.39
     
44,416
     
2.45
     
53,315
     
2.24
 
Total
   
56,289
     
2.51
     
69,168
     
2.52
     
81,585
     
2.27
 
 
                                               
State and Municipal:
                                               
Within 1 year
   
10,673
     
2.07
     
6,737
     
1.82
     
5,889
     
2.81
 
1 to 5 years
   
76,279
     
2.94
     
73,986
     
2.72
     
50,803
     
2.72
 
5 to 10 years
   
80,468
     
4.23
     
89,077
     
4.27
     
94,254
     
4.10
 
Over 10 years
   
20,640
     
3.97
     
23,451
     
4.92
     
38,864
     
4.88
 
Total
   
188,060
     
3.56
     
193,251
     
3.67
     
189,810
     
3.85
 
 
                                               
Corporate Securities:
                                               
Within 1 year
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
1 to 5 years
   
7,916
     
1.83
     
8,083
     
1.96
     
1,183
     
1.74
 
5 to 10 years
   
500
     
2.42
     
2,876
     
1.91
     
5,134
     
2.69
 
Total
   
8,416
     
1.86
     
10,959
     
1.95
     
6,317
     
2.51
 
 
                                               
Preferred Stock:
                                               
No maturity
   
1,000
     
6.00
     
1,000
     
6.00
     
-
     
-
 
Total
   
1,000
     
6.00
     
1,000
     
6.00
     
-
     
-
 
 
                                               
Total portfolio
 
$
335,723
     
2.80
%
 
$
340,619
     
2.87
%
 
$
320,170
     
3.05
%

Loans

The loan portfolio consists primarily of commercial and residential real estate loans, commercial loans to small and medium-sized businesses, construction and land development loans, and home equity loans. Average loans increased $10,505,000 or 1.3% from 2013 to 2014, and decreased $19,350,000 or 2.4% from 2012 to 2013.

At December 31, 2014, total loans were $840,925,000, an increase of $46,254,000 or 5.8% from the prior year. This represents the highest level of organic loan growth for the Company since the 2008 financial crisis.

Loans held for sale totaled $616,000 at December 31, 2014 and $2,760,000 at December 31, 2013.  Loan production volume was $49,565,000 and $79,392,000 for 2014 and 2013, respectively. These loans were approximately 70% purchase, 30% refinancing. Management expects a continuing slowdown in this business line.

39

Management of the loan portfolio is organized around portfolio segments. Each segment is comprised of a various loan types that are reflective of operational and regulatory reporting requirements. The following chart presents the Company's portfolio as of the dates indicated by segment (dollars in thousands): 
Loans

 
 
As of December 31,
 
   
2014
   
2013
   
2012
   
2011
   
2010
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
Real estate:
 
   
   
   
   
 
Construction and land development
 
$
50,863
   
$
41,822
   
$
48,812
   
$
54,433
   
$
37,168
 
Commercial real estate
   
391,472
     
364,616
     
355,433
     
351,961
     
210,393
 
Residential real estate
   
175,293
     
171,917
     
161,033
     
179,812
     
119,398
 
Home equity
   
91,075
     
87,797
     
91,313
     
96,195
     
61,064
 
Total real estate
   
708,703
     
666,152
     
656,591
     
682,401
     
428,023
 
 
                                       
Commercial and industrial
   
126,981
     
122,553
     
126,192
     
134,166
     
85,051
 
Consumer
   
5,241
     
5,966
     
5,922
     
8,191
     
7,707
 
 
                                       
Total loans
 
$
840,925
   
$
794,671
   
$
788,705
   
$
824,758
   
$
520,781
 

The following table provides loan balance information by geographic regions.  In some circumstances, loans may be originated in one region for borrowers located in other regions (dollars in thousands):
 
Loans by Geographic Region

   
As of December 31, 2014
   
Percentage Change
in Balance Since
December 31, 2013
 
Balance
Percentage
of Portfolio
 
 
   
   
 
Danville region
 
$
206,752
     
24.6
%
   
6.6
%
Central region
   
142,664
     
17.0
     
(1.1
)
Southside region
   
85,048
     
10.1
     
(4.3
)
Eastern region
   
74,884
     
8.9
     
(3.6
)
Alamance region
   
201,733
     
24.0
     
4.3
 
Guilford region
   
129,844
     
15.4
     
34.6
 
 
                       
Total loans
 
$
840,925
     
100.0
%
   
5.8
 
 

        The large increase in the Guilford region was the result of a  convergence of improving business conditions in the Greensboro market and an ongoing, active program of customer outreach conducted by the Bank's lenders. 

The Danville region consists of offices in Danville and Yanceyville, North Carolina.  The Central region consists of offices in Bedford, Lynchburg, and the counties of Bedford, Campbell, and Nelson.  The Southside region consists of offices in Martinsville and Henry County.  The Eastern region consists of offices in South Boston and the counties of Halifax and Pittsylvania.  The Alamance region consists of offices in Burlington, Graham, and Mebane, North Carolina. The Guilford region consists of offices in Greensboro, North Carolina.

The Company does not participate in or have any highly leveraged lending transactions, as defined by bank regulations.  The Company has no foreign loans.  While there were no concentrations of loans to any individual, group of individuals, business, or industry that exceeded 10% of total loans at December 31, 2014 or 2013, loans to lessors of nonresidential buildings represented 19.5% of total loans at December 31, 2014 and 16.7% at December 31, 2013. These lessees and lessors are engaged in a variety of industries.

40

The following table presents the maturity schedule of selected loan types (dollars in thousands):

Maturities of Selected Loan Types
December 31, 2014
 
   
Commercial
and
Industrial (1)
   
Construction
and Land
Development
   
Total
 
 
 
   
   
 
1 year or less
 
$
27,156
   
$
14,622
   
$
41,778
 
1 to 5 years (2)
   
87,402
     
30,596
     
117,998
 
After 5 years (2)
   
12,423
     
5,645
     
18,068
 
Total
 
$
126,981
   
$
50,863
   
$
177,844
 
                                                                  
(1) includes agricultural loans.
(2) Of the loans due after one year, $130,623 have predetermined interest rates and $5,443 have floating or adjustable interest rates.

Provision for Loan Losses

The provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $400,000, compared to $294,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 and $2,133,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012.

The reduced provision expense in 2014 and 2013 reflected the positive impact of continued improvements in overall asset quality metrics and robust loan loss recoveries.

The larger provision expenses in 2012 related to the rapid maturities and renewals of the performing acquired loan portfolio of MidCarolina. As this relatively short duration loan portfolio turned over, most of these balances were included in the ongoing allowance evaluation.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses ("ALLL")

The purpose of the ALLL is to provide for probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The allowance is increased by the provision for loan losses and by recoveries of previously charged-off loans. Loan charge-offs decrease the allowance.

The ALLL was $12,427,000, $12,600,000, and $12,118,000 at December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.   The ALLL as a percentage of loans at each of those dates were 1.48%, 1.59%, and 1.54%, respectively. The gradual decrease in the allowance as a percentage of loans was driven by continued good loss history combined with improving qualitative risk factors in the loan portfolio, including strong asset quality metrics and some improvement in local and national economic factors.

In an effort to better evaluate the adequacy of its ALLL, the Company computes its ASC 450 loan balance by reducing total loans by acquired loans and loans that were evaluated for impairment individually or smaller balance nonaccrual loans evaluated for impairment in homogeneous pools. It also adjusts its ASC 450 loan loss reserve balance total by removing allowances associated with these other pools of loans.

The general allowance, ASC 450 (FAS 5) reserves to ASC 450 loans, was 1.55% at December 31, 2014, compared to 1.75% at December 31, 2013. On a dollar basis, the reserve was $11,716,000 at December 31, 2014, compared to $11,610,000 at December 31, 2013, an increase of $106,000 or 0.9%. This segment of the allowance represents by far the largest portion of the loan portfolio and the largest aggregate risk. This reserve peaked at 1.98% in December 2012, shortly after the MidCarolina merger transaction. Management considers the methodical and gradual reduction of the level of this reserve directionally consistent with the inherent risk in the loan portfolio, as evidenced by all major asset quality metrics and some improvement in economic related qualitative factors.

The specific allowance, ASC 310-40 (FAS 114) reserves to ASC 310-40 loans, was 3.64% at December 31, 2014, compared to 9.27% at December 31, 2013. On a dollar basis, the reserve was $165,000 at December 31, 2014, compared to $559,000 at December 31, 2013, a decrease of $394,000 or 70.4%. The decrease was primarily the result of the partial charge off of one specific allocation on a commercial credit in the amount of approximately $510,000.

The specific allowance does not include reserves related to acquired loans with deteriorated credit quality. This reserve was $546,000 at December 31, 2014, compared to $431,000 at December 31, 2013. This is the only portion of the reserve related to acquired loans. Cash flow expectations for these loans are reviewed on a quarterly basis and unfavorable changes in those estimates relative to the initial estimates can result in the need for specific loan loss provision.

41

The following table presents the Company's loan loss and recovery experience for the past five years (dollars in thousands):
 
Summary of Loan Loss Experience

 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2014
   
2013
   
2012
   
2011
   
2010
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
Balance at beginning of period
 
$
12,600
   
$
12,118
   
$
10,529
   
$
8,420
   
$
8,166
 
 
                                       
Charge-offs:
                                       
Construction and land development
   
-
     
-
     
202
     
529
     
-
 
Commercial real estate
   
510
     
164
     
370
     
173
     
666
 
Residential real estate
   
121
     
213
     
579
     
641
     
310
 
Home equity
   
137
     
156
     
115
     
230
     
135
 
Total real estate
   
768
     
533
     
1,266
     
1,573
     
1,111
 
Commercial and industrial
   
101
     
129
     
748
     
163
     
306
 
Consumer
   
95
     
175
     
72
     
127
     
114
 
Total charge-offs
   
964
     
837
     
2,086
     
1,863
     
1,531
 
 
                                       
Recoveries:
                                       
Construction and land development
   
28
     
227
     
87
     
36
     
147
 
Commercial real estate
   
38
     
96
     
388
     
270
     
9
 
Residential real estate
   
126
     
179
     
252
     
40
     
29
 
Home equity
   
65
     
65
     
27
     
10
     
2
 
Total real estate
   
257
     
567
     
754
     
356
     
187
 
Commercial and industrial
   
51
     
335
     
707
     
373
     
32
 
Consumer
   
83
     
123
     
81
     
73
     
76
 
Total recoveries
   
391
     
1,025
     
1,542
     
802
     
295
 
 
                                       
Net charge-offs (recoveries)
   
573
     
(188
)
   
544
     
1,061
     
1,236
 
Provision for loan losses
   
400
     
294
     
2,133
     
3,170
     
1,490
 
Balance at end of period
 
$
12,427
   
$
12,600
   
$
12,118
   
$
10,529
   
$
8,420
 
 
The following table summarizes the allocation of the allowance for loan losses by major portfolio segments for the past five years (dollars in thousands):

Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses

 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2014
   
2013
   
2012
   
2011
   
2010
 
 
 
Amount
   
%
   
Amount
   
%
   
Amount
   
%
   
Amount
   
%
   
Amount
   
%
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Commercial
 
$
1,818
     
15.1
%
 
$
1,810
     
15.4
%
 
$
1,450
     
16.0
%
 
$
1,236
     
16.3
%
 
$
751
     
16.3
%
 
                                                                               
Commercial real estate
   
6,814
     
52.6
     
6,819
     
51.1
     
6,822
     
51.2
     
5,719
     
49.3
     
4,623
     
47.5
 
 
                                                                               
Residential real estate
   
3,715
     
31.7
     
3,690
     
32.7
     
3,638
     
32.0
     
3,412
     
33.5
     
2,929
     
34.7
 
 
                                                                               
Consumer
   
80
     
0.6
     
99
     
0.8
     
208
     
0.8
     
162
     
1.0
     
117
     
1.5
 
 
                                                                               
Unallocated
   
-
     
-
     
182
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
 
                                                                               
Total
 
$
12,427
     
100.0
%
 
$
12,600
     
100.0
%
 
$
12,118
     
100.0
%
 
$
10,529
     
100.0
%
 
$
8,420
     
100.0
%

% - represents the percentage of loans in each category to total loans.

42

Asset Quality Indicators
 
      The following table provides certain qualitative indicators relevant to the Company's loan portfolio for the past five years.

Asset Quality Ratios
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of or for the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance to loans*
   
1.48
%
   
1.59
%
   
1.54
%
   
1.28
%
   
1.62
%
FAS 5 ALLL (ASC450)
   
1.55
     
1.75
     
1.98
     
1.95
     
1.62
 
Net charge-offs to year-end allowance
   
4.61
     
(1.49
)
   
4.49
     
10.08
     
14.68
 
Net charge-offs (recoveries) to average loans
   
0.07
     
(0.02
)
   
0.07
     
0.16
     
0.24
 
Nonperforming assets to total assets*
   
0.46
     
0.65
     
0.90
     
1.46
     
0.76
 
Nonperforming loans to loans*
   
0.49
     
0.64
     
0.67
     
1.66
     
0.50
 
Provision to net charge-offs
   
69.81
     
(156.38
)
   
392.10
     
298.77
     
120.52
 
Provision to average loans
   
0.05
     
0.04
     
0.26
     
0.47
     
0.29
 
Allowance to nonperforming loans*
   
302.21
     
248.47
     
227.95
     
76.74
     
324.22
 

* - at year end.

Nonperforming Assets (Loans and Other Real Estate Owned)

Nonperforming loans include loans on which interest is no longer accrued and accruing loans that are contractually past due 90 days or more. Nonperforming loans include loans originated and loans acquired.

Nonperforming loans to total loans were 0.49% at December 31, 2014 compared to 0.64% at December 31, 2013.

Nonperforming assets include nonperforming loans and foreclosed real estate.  Nonperforming assets represented 0.46% of total assets at December 31, 2014 compared to 0.65% at December 31, 2013.

In most cases, it is the policy of the Company that any loan that becomes 90 days past due will automatically be placed on nonaccrual loan status, accrued interest reversed out of income, and further interest accrual ceased. Any payments received on such loans will be credited to principal. In some cases a loan in process of renewal may become 90 days past due. In these instances the loan may still be accruing because of a delayed renewal process in which the customer has not been billed.

Loans will only be restored to full accrual status after six consecutive months of payments that were each less than 30 days delinquent.  The Company strictly adheres with this policy before restoring a loan to normal accrual status.

43

The following table presents the Company's nonperforming asset history, including acquired impaired loans as of the dates indicated (dollars in thousands):
 
Nonperforming Assets
 
 
 
As of December 31,
 
 
 
2014
   
2013
   
2012
   
2011
   
2010
 
Nonaccrual loans:
 
   
   
   
   
 
Real estate
 
$
4,111
   
$
5,060
   
$
5,261
   
$
11,651
   
$
2,181
 
Commercial
   
-
     
11
     
52
     
1,820
     
401
 
Agricultural
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Consumer
   
1
     
-
     
3
     
49
     
15
 
Total nonaccrual loans
   
4,112
     
5,071
     
5,316
     
13,520
     
2,597
 
 
                                       
Loans past due 90 days and accruing interest:
                                       
Real estate
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
197
     
-
 
Commercial
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Agricultural
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Consumer
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Total past due loans
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
197
     
-
 
 
                                       
Total nonperforming loans
   
4,112
     
5,071
     
5,316
     
13,717
     
2,597
 
 
                                       
Foreclosed real estate
   
2,119
     
3,422
     
6,193
     
5,353
     
3,716
 
 
                                       
Total nonperforming assets
 
$
6,231
   
$
8,493
   
$
11,509
   
$
19,070
   
$
6,313
 

 
Impaired Loans

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. The following table shows loans that were considered impaired, exclusive of acquired impaired loans, as of the dates indicated (dollars in thousands):

Impaired Loans

 
As of December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accruing
 
$
989
   
$
958
   
$
499
   
$
313
   
$
560
 
On nonaccrual status
   
3,548
     
5,071
     
2,548
     
2,925
     
-
 
Total impaired loans
 
$
4,537
   
$
6,029
   
$
3,047
   
$
3,238
   
$
560
 

Troubled Debt Restructurings ("TDR")

TDRs exist whenever the Company makes a concession to customer based on the customer's financial distress that would not have otherwise been made in the normal course of business.

There was $2,862,000 in TDRs at December 31, 2014 compared to $2,100,000 at December 31, 2013.

Foreclosed Assets
 
      Foreclosed assets were carried on the consolidated balance sheets at $2,119,000 and $3,422,000 as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Foreclosed assets are initially recorded at fair value, less estimated costs to sell, at the date of foreclosure. Loan losses resulting from foreclosure are charged against the ALLL at that time. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of the new cost basis or fair value, less estimated costs to sell with any additional write-downs charged against earnings.   For significant assets, these valuations are typically outside annual appraisals.  The following table shows OREO as of the dates indicated (dollars in thousands):

44

Other Real Estate Owned
 
 
 
As of December 31,
 
 
 
2014
   
2013
   
2012
   
2011
   
2010
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
Construction and land development
 
$
1,577
   
$
1,683
   
$
3,290
   
$
3,001
   
$
2,293
 
Farmland
   
-
     
-
     
236
     
-
     
-
 
1-4 family residential
   
382
     
1,400
     
1,090
     
1,267
     
1,078
 
Multifamily (5 or more) residential
   
-
     
-
     
1,012
     
-
     
-
 
Commercial real estate
   
160
     
339
     
565
     
1,085
     
345
 
 
 
$
2,119
   
$
3,422
   
$
6,193
   
$
5,353
   
$
3,716
 
 
Deposits

The Company's deposits consist primarily of checking, money market, savings, and consumer and commercial time deposits. Average deposits increased $2,338,000 or 0.22% in 2014, after decreasing $1,167,000 or 0.11% in 2013. 

Period-end total deposits increased $18,162,000 or 1.7% during 2014.  The increase was primarily related to growth in core deposits throughout the Bank, which is consistent with the Company's asset liability strategy. The Company has only a relatively small portion of its time deposits provided by wholesale sources. These include brokered time deposits, which at year end totaled $0 for 2014, $4,000,000 for 2013, and $7,314,000 for 2012. They also included time deposits through the CDARs program, which at year end totaled $22,255,000 for 2014, $22,375,000 for 2013, and $22,150,000 for 2012. Management considers the CDARs deposits the functional equivalent of core deposits, because they relate to balances derived from customers with long standing relationships with the Company.
 
      Average deposits and rates for the years indicated (dollars in thousands):

Deposits

 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2014
   
2013
   
2012
 
 
 
Average
Balance
   
Rate
   
Average
Balance
   
Rate
   
Average
Balance
   
Rate
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Noninterest bearing deposits
 
$
234,149
     
-
%
 
$
220,980
     
-
%
 
$
213,129
     
-
%
 
                                               
Interest bearing accounts:
                                               
NOW accounts
 
$
183,994
     
0.04
%
 
$
161,602
     
0.07
%
 
$
142,296
     
0.13
%
Money market
   
177,046
     
0.13
     
178,235
     
0.19
     
174,027
     
0.30
 
Savings
   
88,629
     
0.05
     
84,162
     
0.08
     
78,358
     
0.14
 
Time
   
368,712
     
1.17
     
405,213
     
1.22
     
443,549
     
1.36
 
Total interest bearing deposits
 
$
818,381
     
0.57
%
 
$
829,212
     
0.66
%
 
$
838,230
     
0.82
%
 
                                               
Average total deposits
 
$
1,052,530
     
0.44
%
 
$
1,050,192
     
0.52
%
 
$
1,051,359
     
0.65
%

Certificates of Deposit of $100,000 or More
 
      Certificates of deposit at December 31, 2014 in amounts of $100,000 or more were classified by maturity as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
   
December 31, 2014
 
3 months or less
 
$
22,977
 
Over 3 through 6 months
   
21,234
 
Over 6 through 12 months
   
16,196
 
Over 12 months
   
163,965
 
 Total
 
$
224,372
 

45

Certificates of Deposit of $250,000 or More

      Certificates of deposit at December 31, 2014 in amounts of $250,000 or more were classified by maturity as follows (dollars in thousands):

   
December 31, 2014
 
3 months or less
 
$
10,370
 
Over 3 through 6 months
   
6,796
 
Over 6 through 12 months
   
7,834
 
Over 12 months
   
94,225
 
 Total
 
$
119,225
 

Borrowed Funds

In addition to internal deposit generation, the Company also relies on borrowed funds as a supplemental source of funding.  Borrowed funds consist of customer repurchase agreements, overnight borrowings from the FHLB and longer-term FHLB advances, and trust preferred capital notes.  Customer repurchase agreements are borrowings collateralized by securities of the U.S. Government,  its agencies, or Government Sponsored Enterprises ("GSEs") and generally mature daily.  The Company considers these accounts to be a stable and low cost source of funds.  The securities underlying these agreements remain under the Company's control.  Refer to Notes 11 and 12 of the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K for a discussion of long-term debt.

The following table presents information pertaining to the Company's short-term borrowed funds as of the dates indicated (dollars in thousands):
 
Short-Term Borrowings

 
 
As of December 31,
 
 
 
2014
   
2013
 
 
 
   
 
Customer repurchase agreements
 
$
53,480
   
$
39,478
 
FHLB overnight borrowings
   
-
     
-
 
Total
 
$
53,480
   
$
39,478
 
 
               
Weighted interest rate
   
0.02
%
   
0.02
%
 
               
Average for the year ended:
               
Outstanding
 
$
43,724
   
$
47,817
 
Interest rate
   
0.02
%
   
0.08
%
 
               
Maximum month-end outstanding
 
$
53,480
   
$
53,888
 

In the regular course of conducting its business, the Company takes deposits from political subdivisions of the states of Virginia and North Carolina. At December 31, 2014, the Bank's public deposits totaled $131,253,000. The Company is legally required to provide collateral to secure the deposits that exceed the insurance coverage provided by the FDIC. This collateral can be provided in the form of certain types of government agency bonds or letters of credit from the FHLB. At year-end 2013, the Company had $70,000,000 in letters of credit with the FHLB outstanding to supplement collateral for such deposits.
 
Shareholders' Equity

The Company's goal with capital management is to be classified as "well capitalized" under regulatory capital ratios and to support growth, while generating acceptable returns on equity and paying a high rate of dividends.

Shareholders' equity was $173,780,000 at December 31, 2014 and $167,551,000 at December 31, 2013.

The Company declared and paid quarterly dividends totaling $0.92 per share for each of the past three years.  Cash dividends in 2014 totaled $7,237,000 and represented a 56.8% payout of 2014 net income, compared to a 46.0% payout in 2013, and a 45.1% payout in 2012.

46

One measure of a financial institution's capital level is the ratio of shareholders' equity to assets.  Shareholders' equity was 12.91% of assets at December 31, 2014, 12.81% of assets at December 31, 2013, and 12.72% of assets at December 31, 2012.  In addition, banking regulators have defined minimum regulatory capital ratios that the Company and its banking subsidiary are required to maintain.  These ratios take into account risk factors identified by those regulatory authorities associated with the assets and off-balance sheet activities of financial institutions.  The guidelines require percentages, or "risk weights," be applied to those assets and off-balance sheet assets in relation to their perceived risk.  Under the guidelines in effect for the periods reported capital strength is measured in two tiers.  Tier 1 capital consists primarily of shareholder's equity and trust preferred capital notes, while Tier 2 capital consists generally of qualifying allowance for loan losses. "Total" capital is the sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital.  Another regulatory indicator of capital adequacy is the leverage ratio, which is computed by dividing Tier 1 capital by average quarterly assets less intangible assets.

The following table represents the major capital ratios for the Company as of the dates indicated:

 
As of December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
Capital Ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
Total risk-based capital ratio
   
17.86
%
   
18.14
%
   
17.00
%
   
15.55
%
   
19.64
%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
   
16.59
%
   
16.88
%
   
15.75
%
   
14.36
%
   
18.38
%
Tier 1 leverage ratio
   
12.16
%
   
11.81
%
   
11.27
%
   
10.32
%
   
12.74
%
Tangible equity to tangible assets ratio
   
10.16
%
   
9.91
%
   
9.64
%
   
8.52
%
   
10.41
%

As mandated by bank regulations, the following five capital categories are identified for insured depository institutions:  "well capitalized," "adequately capitalized," "undercapitalized," "significantly undercapitalized," and "critically undercapitalized."  These regulations require the federal banking regulators to take prompt corrective action with respect to insured depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. Under the regulations in effect for the periods reported, well capitalized institutions must have Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios of at least 6%, total risk-based capital ratios of at least 10%, leverage ratios of at least 5%, and not be subject to capital directive orders. Management believes, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, that the Company met the requirements to be considered "well capitalized."
 
Stock Repurchase Program

In prior years the Company had, in the normal course of business, operated certain stock repurchase programs. On April 17, 2014, the Company filed a Form 8-K with the SEC to announce the approval by its Board of Directors of a stock repurchase program. The program authorizes the repurchase of up to 250,000 shares of the Company's common shares over a two year period. The share purchase limit is equal to approximately 3% of the 7.9 million shares then outstanding at the time the Board approved the program.

Between late April and mid-August, 2014, the Company repurchased 70,184 shares at an average cost of $21.45 per share, for a total cost of approximately $1.5 million. Repurchase transactions have been consistently executed at a per share purchase price less than book value per common share at the time of repurchase.

In early June 2014, the Company elected to establish a 10b5-1 plan with Raymond James & Associates, Inc., a recognized brokerage firm ("Raymond James").  This plan operated until October 31, 2014. The plan authorized Raymond James to buy shares of the Company's common stock on behalf of the Company, even during closed window periods, subject to certain price and volume limitations. The maximum number of shares that could be purchased under the 10b5-1 plan was 50,000 shares.  Raymond James purchased 400 shares under the 10b5-1 plan in October 2014.

47

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

The following items are contractual obligations of the Company as of December 31, 2014 (dollars in thousands):

 
Payments Due By Period
 
 
 
Total
 
Under 1 Year
 
1-3 Years
 
3-5 Years
 
More than 5 years
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Time deposits
 
$
363,817
   
$
112,459
   
$
188,390
   
$
59,111
   
$
3,857
 
Repurchase agreements
   
53,480
     
53,480
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
FHLB borrowings
   
9,938
     
-
     
9,935
     
-
     
-
 
Operating leases
   
1,858
     
599
     
922
     
337
     
-
 
Trust preferred capital notes
   
27,521
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
27,521
 

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ACTIVITIES

The Company enters into certain financial transactions in the ordinary course of performing traditional banking services that result in off-balance sheet transactions.  Other than AMNB Statutory Trust I, formed in 2006 to issue trust preferred securities, and the MidCarolina Trust I and MidCarolina Trust II, the Company does not have any off-balance sheet subsidiaries.  Refer to Note 12 of the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K for a discussion of trust preferred capital notes.  Off-balance sheet transactions were as follows as of the dates indicated (dollars in thousands):

 
December 31,
 
Off-Balance Sheet Transactions
2014
 
2013
 
 
 
 
Commitments to extend credit
 
$
190,413
   
$
179,272
 
Standby letters of credit
   
3,333
     
3,405
 
Mortgage loan rate-lock commitments
   
3,372
     
5,913
 

Commitments to extend credit to customers represent legally binding agreements with fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses.  Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being funded, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future funding requirements.  Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company guaranteeing the performance of a customer to a third party.  Those guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements.
 
ITEM 7A. – QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

This information is incorporated herein by reference from Item 7 "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" of this Form 10-K.

48

ITEM 8. – FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
 
Quarterly Financial Results
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
                     
    
First
   
Second
   
Third
   
Fourth
     
 2014
 
Quarter
   
Quarter
   
Quarter
   
Quarter
   
Total
 
                     
Interest income
 
$
11,954
   
$
11,780
   
$
11,852
   
$
11,869
   
$
47,455
 
Interest expense
   
1,495
     
1,429
     
1,392
     
1,414
     
5,730
 
                                         
Net interest income
   
10,459
     
10,351
     
10,460
     
10,455
     
41,725
 
Provision for loan losses
   
-
     
150
     
-
     
250
     
400
 
Net interest income after provision
for loan losses
   
10,459
     
10,201
     
10,460
     
10,205
     
41,325
 
                                         
Noninterest income
   
2,703
     
2,700
     
2,981
     
2,792
     
11,176
 
Noninterest expense
   
8,423
     
8,365
     
8,827
     
8,943
     
34,558
 
                                         
Income before income taxes
   
4,739
     
4,536
     
4,614
     
4,054
     
17,943
 
Income taxes
   
1,289
     
1,303
     
1,446
     
1,164
     
5,202
 
Net income
   
3,450
     
3,233
     
3,168
     
2,890
     
12,741
 
                                         
Per common share:
                                       
Net income - basic
 
$
0.44
   
$
0.41
   
$
0.40
   
$
0.37
   
$
1.62
 
Net income - diluted
   
0.44
     
0.41
     
0.40
     
0.37
     
1.62
 
Cash dividends
   
0.23
     
0.23
     
0.23
     
0.23
     
0.92
 
                                         
                                         
    
First
   
Second
   
Third
   
Fourth
         
 2013
 
Quarter
   
Quarter
   
Quarter
   
Quarter
   
Total
 
                                         
Interest income
 
$
13,409
   
$
13,347
   
$
13,106
   
$
13,094
   
$
52,956
 
Interest expense
   
1,727
     
1,654
     
1,613
     
1,589
     
6,583
 
                                         
Net interest income
   
11,682
     
11,693
     
11,493
     
11,505
     
46,373
 
Provision for loan losses
   
294
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
294
 
Net interest income after provision
for loan losses
   
11,388
     
11,693
     
11,493
     
11,505
     
46,079
 
                                         
Noninterest income
   
2,770
     
2,686
     
2,767
     
2,604
     
10,827
 
Noninterest expense
   
8,318
     
8,428
     
8,455
     
9,904
     
35,105
 
                                         
Income before income taxes
   
5,840
     
5,951
     
5,805
     
4,205
     
21,801
 
Income taxes
   
1,689
     
1,741
     
1,562
     
1,062
     
6,054
 
Net income
   
4,151
     
4,210
     
4,243
     
3,143
     
15,747
 
                                         
Per common share:
                                       
Net income - basic
 
$
0.53
   
$
0.54
   
$
0.54
   
$
0.40
   
$
2.00
 
Net income - diluted
   
0.53
     
0.53
     
0.54
     
0.40
     
2.00
 
Cash dividends
   
0.23
     
0.23
     
0.23
     
0.23
     
0.92
 


49

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM


To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
American National Bankshares Inc.
Danville, Virginia

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of American National Bankshares Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of American National Bankshares Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), American National Bankshares Inc. and Subsidiaries' internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013, and our report dated March 9, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of American National Bankshares Inc. and Subsidiaries' internal control over financial reporting.
 
 
/s/ Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C.

Winchester, Virginia
March 9, 2015

50


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
American National Bankshares Inc.
Danville, Virginia

We have audited American National Bankshares Inc. and Subsidiaries' (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013. The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (a) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (b) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (c) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 of American National Bankshares Inc. and Subsidiaries, and our report dated March 9, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion.
 
 
/s/ Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C.
 
Winchester, Virginia
March 9, 2015

51


American National Bankshares Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
As of December 31, 2014 and 2013
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
 
 
ASSETS
 
2014
   
2013
 
Cash and due from banks
 
$
29,272
   
$
19,808
 
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks
   
38,031
     
47,873
 
                 
Securities available for sale, at fair value
   
344,716
     
346,124
 
Restricted stock, at cost
   
4,534
     
4,889
 
Loans held for sale
   
616
     
2,760
 
                 
Loans, net of unearned income
   
840,925
     
794,671
 
Less allowance for loan losses
   
(12,427
)
   
(12,600
)
Net loans
   
828,498
     
782,071
 
                 
Premises and equipment, net
   
23,025
     
23,674
 
Other real estate owned, net of valuation allowance of $2,971 in 2014 and $3,340 in 2013
   
2,119
     
3,422
 
Goodwill
   
39,043
     
39,043
 
Core deposit intangibles, net
   
2,045
     
3,159
 
Bank owned life insurance
   
15,193
     
14,746
 
Accrued interest receivable and other assets
   
19,400
     
19,943
 
Total assets
 
$
1,346,492
   
$
1,307,512
 
                 
LIABILITIES and SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
               
Liabilities:
               
Demand deposits -- noninterest bearing
 
$
254,458
   
$
229,347
 
Demand deposits -- interest bearing
   
193,432
     
167,736
 
Money market deposits
   
174,000
     
185,270
 
Savings deposits
   
90,130
     
85,724
 
Time deposits
   
363,817
     
389,598
 
Total deposits
   
1,075,837
     
1,057,675
 
                 
                 
Customer repurchase agreements
   
53,480
     
39,478
 
Long-term borrowings
   
9,935
     
9,951
 
Trust preferred capital notes
   
27,521
     
27,419
 
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities
   
5,939
     
5,438
 
Total liabilities
   
1,172,712
     
1,139,961
 
                 
Shareholders' equity:
               
Preferred stock, $5 par, 2,000,000 shares authorized, none outstanding
   
-
     
-
 
Common stock, $1 par, 20,000,000 shares authorized 7,873,474 shares outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 7,890,697 shares outstanding at December 31, 2013
   
7,872
     
7,891
 
Capital in excess of par value
   
57,650
     
58,050
 
Retained earnings
   
104,594
     
99,090
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net
   
3,664
     
2,520
 
Total shareholders' equity
   
173,780
     
167,551
 
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
 
$
1,346,492
   
$
1,307,512
 
 
      The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
 
52

American National Bankshares Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Income
For the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 
   
2014
   
2013
   
2012
 
Interest and Dividend Income:
           
Interest and fees on loans
 
$
39,257
   
$
44,817
   
$
49,189
 
Interest and dividends on securities:
                       
Taxable
   
3,775
     
3,530
     
4,044
 
Tax-exempt
   
3,971
     
4,213
     
4,280
 
Dividends
   
296
     
245
     
213
 
Other interest income
   
156
     
151
     
80
 
Total interest and dividend income
   
47,455
     
52,956
     
57,806
 
Interest Expense:
                       
Interest on deposits
   
4,654
     
5,460
     
6,843
 
Interest on short-term borrowings
   
9
     
40
     
150
 
Interest on long-term borrowings
   
325
     
329
     
335
 
Interest on trust preferred capital notes
   
742
     
754
     
813
 
Total interest expense
   
5,730
     
6,583
     
8,141
 
Net Interest Income
   
41,725
     
46,373
     
49,665
 
Provision for Loan Losses
   
400
     
294
     
2,133
 
Net Interest Income after Provision for Loan Losses
   
41,325
     
46,079
     
47,532
 
Noninterest Income:
                       
Trust fees
   
4,196
     
3,689
     
3,703
 
Service charges on deposit accounts
   
1,735
     
1,750
     
1,757
 
Other fees and commissions
   
1,903
     
1,864
     
1,768
 
Mortgage banking income
   
1,126
     
2,008
     
2,234
 
Securities gains (losses), net
   
505
     
192
     
158
 
Other
   
1,711
     
1,324
     
1,790
 
Total noninterest income
   
11,176
     
10,827
     
11,410
 
Noninterest Expense:
                       
Salaries
   
14,688
     
14,059
     
15,785
 
Employee benefits
   
2,988
     
3,848
     
3,604
 
Occupancy and equipment
   
3,727
     
3,614
     
3,951
 
FDIC assessment
   
647
     
647
     
692
 
Bank franchise tax
   
901
     
745
     
690
 
Core deposit intangible amortization
   
1,114
     
1,501
     
1,935
 
Data processing
   
1,448
     
1,248
     
512
 
Software
   
1,019
     
923
     
1,028
 
Foreclosed real estate, net
   
240
     
1,523
     
528
 
Merger related expenses
   
780
     
-
     
19
 
Other
   
7,006
     
6,997
     
7,899
 
Total noninterest expense
   
34,558
     
35,105
     
36,643
 
Income Before Income Taxes
   
17,943
     
21,801
     
22,299
 
Income Taxes
   
5,202
     
6,054
     
6,293
 
Net Income
 
$
12,741
   
$
15,747
   
$
16,006
 
                         
Net Income Per Common Share:
                       
Basic
 
$
1.62
   
$
2.00
   
$
2.04
 
Diluted
 
$
1.62
   
$
2.00
   
$
2.04
 
Average Common Shares Outstanding:
                       
Basic
   
7,867,198
     
7,872,870
     
7,834,351
 
Diluted
   
7,877,576
     
7,884,561
     
7,845,652
 

      The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

53

American National Bankshares Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
For the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012
(Dollars in thousands)

 
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2014
   
2013
   
2012
 
             
Net income
 
$
12,741
   
$
15,747
   
$
16,006
 
                         
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                       
                         
Unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale
   
3,993
     
(9,379
)
   
1,647
 
Income tax (expense) benefit
   
(1,398
)
   
3,282
     
(576
)
                         
Reclassification adjustment for gains  on securities
   
(505
)
   
(192
)
   
(158
)
Income tax expense
   
177
     
67
     
55
 
                         
Change in unfunded pension liability
   
(1,728
)
   
1,761
     
(309
)
Income tax (expense) benefit
   
605
     
(616
)
   
108
 
                         
Other comprehensive income (loss)
   
1,144
     
(5,077
)
   
767
 
                         
Comprehensive income
 
$
13,885
   
$
10,670
   
$
16,773
 

      The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

54

American National Bankshares Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity
For the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)

 
   
Common
Stock
   
Capital in
Excess of
Par Value
   
Retained
Earnings
   
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
   
Total
Shareholders'
Equity
 
Balance, December 31, 2011
 
$
7,807
   
$
56,395
   
$
81,797
   
$
6,830
   
$
152,829
 
                                         
Net income
   
-
     
-
     
16,006
     
-
     
16,006
 
Other comprehensive income
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
767
     
767
 
Stock options exercised
   
7
     
111
     
-
     
-
     
118
 
Equity based compensation
   
33
     
705
     
-
     
-
     
738
 
Cash dividends declared, $0.92 per share
   
-
     
-
     
(7,212
)
   
-
     
(7,212
)
                                         
Balance, December 31, 2012
   
7,847
     
57,211
     
90,591
     
7,597
     
163,246
 
                                         
Net income
   
-
     
-
     
15,747
     
-
     
15,747
 
Other comprehensive (loss)
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
(5,077
)
   
(5,077
)
Stock options exercised
   
18
     
291
     
-
     
-
     
309
 
Equity based compensation
   
26
     
548
     
-
     
-
     
574
 
Cash dividends declared, $0.92 per share
   
-
     
-
     
(7,248
)
   
-
     
(7,248
)
                                         
Balance, December 31, 2013
   
7,891
     
58,050
     
99,090
     
2,520
     
167,551
 
                                         
Net income
   
-
     
-
     
12,741
     
-
     
12,741
 
Other comprehensive income
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
1,144
     
1,144
 
Stock repurchased and retired
   
(70
)
   
(1,438
)
   
-
     
-
     
(1,508
)
Stock options exercised
   
26
     
416
     
-
     
-
     
442
 
Equity based compensation
   
25
     
622
     
-
     
-
     
647
 
Cash dividends declared, $0.92 per share
   
-
     
-
     
(7,237
)
   
-
     
(7,237
)
                                         
Balance, December 31, 2014
 
$
7,872
   
$
57,650
   
$
104,594
   
$
3,664
   
$
173,780
 
 
                      The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

55

American National Bankshares Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
   
2014
   
2013
   
2012
 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
           
Net income
 
$
12,741
   
$
15,747
   
$
16,006
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Provision for loan losses
   
400
     
294
     
2,133
 
Depreciation
   
1,688
     
1,734
     
1,761
 
Net accretion of purchase accounting adjustments
   
(2,669
)
   
(7,390
)
   
(9,113
)
Core deposit intangible amortization
   
1,114
     
1,501
     
1,935
 
Net amortization (accretion) of securities
   
2,535
     
3,158
     
3,261
 
Net gain on sale or call of securities
   
(505
)
   
(192
)
   
(158
)
Gain on sale of loans held for sale
   
(883
)
   
(1,705
)
   
(1,958
)
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale
   
52,592
     
92,189
     
94,555
 
Originations of loans held for sale
   
(49,565
)
   
(79,392
)
   
(100,119
)
Net gain on other real estate owned
   
(66
)
   
(85
)
   
(388
)
Valuation allowance on other real estate owned
   
68
     
1,070
     
502
 
Net loss (gain) on sale of premises and equipment
   
10
     
-
     
(503
)
Equity-based compensation expense
   
647
     
574
     
738
 
Net change in bank owned life insurance
   
(447
)
   
(457
)
   
(475
)
Deferred income tax expense
   
49
     
2,024
     
5,557
 
Net change in interest receivable
   
207
     
(30
)
   
383
 
Net change in other assets
   
(2,057
)
   
(898
)
   
2,183
 
Net change in interest payable
   
(23
)
   
(145
)
   
(77
)
Net change in other liabilities
   
524
     
147
     
(1,617
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
   
16,360
     
28,144
     
14,606
 
                         
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
                       
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale
   
13,667
     
2,623
     
4,208
 
Proceeds from maturities, calls and paydowns of securities available for sale
   
78,350
     
53,792
     
65,833
 
Purchases of securities available for sale
   
(89,151
)
   
(79,830
)
   
(73,535
)
Net change in restricted stock
   
355
     
398
     
732
 
Net (increase) decrease in loans
   
(44,420
)
   
(368
)
   
37,240
 
Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment
   
-
     
-
     
572
 
Purchases of premises and equipment
   
(1,049
)
   
(865
)
   
(699
)
Proceeds from sales of foreclosed real estate
   
1,687
     
3,612
     
6,051
 
Capital improvements in other real estate owned
   
-
     
-
     
(22
)
Net cash (used in) provided by  investing activities
   
(40,561
)
   
(20,638
)
   
40,380
 
                         
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
                       
Net change in demand, money market, and savings deposits
   
43,943
     
49,978
     
(6,801
)
Net change in time deposits
   
(25,781
)
   
(19,692
)
   
(23,760
)
Net change in customer repurchase agreements
   
14,002
     
(10,464
)
   
4,367
 
Net change in other short-term borrowings
   
-
     
-
     
(3,000
)
Net change in long-term borrowings
   
(38
)
   
(150
)
   
(149
)
Common stock dividends paid
   
(7,237
)
   
(7,248
)
   
(7,212
)
Repurchase of common stock
   
(1,508
)
           
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
   
442
     
309
     
118
 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
   
23,823
     
12,733
     
(36,437
)
                         
Net  (Decrease) Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents
   
(378
)
   
20,239
     
18,549
 
                         
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period
   
67,681
     
47,442
     
28,893
 
                         
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period
 
$
67,303
   
$
67,681
   
$
47,442
 

      The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
 
56

American National Bankshares Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012

Note 1Summary of Significant Accounting Policies


Nature of Operations and Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of American National Bankshares Inc. (the "Company") and its wholly owned subsidiary, American National Bank and Trust Company (the "Bank").  The Bank offers a wide variety of retail, commercial, secondary market mortgage lending, and trust and investment services which also include non-deposit products such as mutual funds and insurance policies.

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP") requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, goodwill and intangible assets, other than temporary impairment, the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, and the valuation of foreclosed real estate.
 
In April 2006, AMNB Statutory Trust I, a Delaware statutory trust (the "AMNB Trust") and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, was formed for the purpose of issuing preferred securities (the "Trust Preferred Securities") in a private placement pursuant to an applicable exemption from registration.  Proceeds from the securities were used to fund the acquisition of Community First Financial Corporation ("Community First") which occurred in April 2006.
  
On July 1, 2011, the Company completed its merger with MidCarolina Financial Corporation ("MidCarolina") pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated December 15, 2010, between the Company and MidCarolina.  MidCarolina was headquartered in Burlington, North Carolina, and engaged in banking operations through its subsidiary bank, MidCarolina Bank.  The transaction has expanded the Company's footprint in North Carolina, adding eight branches in Alamance and Guilford Counties.
 
In July 2011, and in connection with its acquisition of MidCarolina Financial Corporation, the Company assumed the liabilities of the MidCarolina Trust I and MidCarolina Trust II, two separate Delaware statutory trust (the "MidCarolina Trusts"), which were also formed for the purpose of issuing preferred securities.  Refer to Note 12 for further details concerning these entities.

All significant inter-company transactions and accounts are eliminated in consolidation, with the exception of the AMNB Trust and the MidCarolina Trusts, as detailed in Note 12.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash includes cash on hand, cash with correspondent banks, and cash on deposit at the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond.  Cash equivalents are short-term, highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to cash with original maturities of three months or less and are subject to an insignificant risk of change in value.  Cash and cash equivalents are carried at cost.

Interest-bearing Deposits in Other Banks

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks mature within one year and are carried at cost.

Securities

Certain debt securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as "held to maturity" and recorded at amortized cost. Trading securities are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value included in earnings. Securities not classified as held to maturity or trading, including equity securities with readily determinable fair values, are classified as "available for sale" and recorded at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income. Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities. Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the specific identification method.

The Company does not currently have any securities in held to maturity or trading and has no plans to add any to either category.

57

The Company follows accounting guidance related to recognition and presentation of other-than-temporary impairment. The guidance specifies that (1) if a company does not have the intent to sell a debt security prior to recovery and (2) it is more likely than not that it will not have to sell the debt security prior to recovery, the security would not be considered other-than-temporarily impaired, unless there is a credit loss. When an entity does not intend to sell the security and it is more likely than not the entity will not have to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis, it will recognize the credit component of an other-than-temporary impairment of a debt security in earnings and the remaining portion in other comprehensive income. For held-to-maturity debt securities, the amount of an other-than-temporary impairment recorded in other comprehensive income for the noncredit portion of a previous other-than-temporary impairment should be amortized prospectively over the remaining life of the security on the basis of the timing of future estimated cash flows of the security.

For equity securities, when the Company has decided to sell an impaired available-for-sale security and the entity does not expect the fair value of the security to fully recover before the expected time of sale, the security is deemed other-than-temporarily impaired in the period in which the decision to sell is made. The Company recognizes an impairment loss when the impairment is deemed other-than-temporary even if a decision to sell has not been made.

Due to the nature and restrictions placed on the Company's investment in common stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta ("FHLB") and the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond, these securities have been classified as restricted equity securities and carried at cost.

Loans Held for Sale

Secondary market mortgage loans are designated as held for sale at the time of their origination.  These loans are pre-sold with servicing released and the Company does not retain any interest after the loans are sold.  These loans consist primarily of fixed-rate, single-family residential mortgage loans which meet the underwriting characteristics of certain government-sponsored enterprises (conforming loans).  In addition, the Company requires a firm purchase commitment from a permanent investor before a loan can be committed, thus limiting interest rate risk.  Loans held for sale are carried at fair value.  Gains on sales of loans are recognized at the loan closing date and are included in noninterest income.

Derivative Loan Commitments

The Company enters into mortgage loan commitments whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding (rate lock commitments).  Mortgage loan commitments are referred to as derivative loan commitments if the loan that will result from exercise of the commitment will be held for sale upon funding.  Loan commitments that are derivatives are recognized at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets with net changes in their fair values recorded in other expenses.  Derivative loan commitments resulted in no income or loss for 2014, 2013 or 2012.

The period of time between issuance of a loan commitment and sale of the loan generally ranges from 30 to 60 days. The Company protects itself from changes in interest rates through the use of best efforts forward delivery contracts, by committing to sell a loan at the time the borrower commits to an interest rate with the intent that the buyer has assumed the interest rate risk on the loan.  As a result, the Company is not generally exposed to significant losses nor will it realize significant gains related to its rate lock commitments due to changes in interest rates.  The correlation between the rate lock commitments and the best efforts contracts is very high due to their similarity.

The market value of rate lock commitments and best efforts contracts is not readily ascertainable with precision because rate lock commitments and best efforts contracts are not actively traded in stand-alone markets.  The Company determines the fair value of rate lock commitments and best efforts contracts by measuring the change in the estimated value of the underlying assets while taking into consideration the probability that the loan will be funded.

Loans

The Company makes mortgage, commercial, and consumer loans.  A substantial portion of the loan portfolio is secured by real estate.  The ability of the Company's debtors to honor their contracts is dependent upon the real estate market and general economic conditions in the Company's market area.

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off, generally are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balance adjusted for the allowance for loan losses, and any deferred fees or costs.  Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance.  Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the related loan yield using the interest method.

58

The accrual of interest on loans is generally discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days delinquent unless the credit is well-secured and in process of collection.  Loans are typically charged off when the loan is 120 days past due, unless secured and in process of collection.  Loans are placed on nonaccrual status or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful.

Interest accrued but not collected for loans that are placed on nonaccrual status or charged-off is reversed against interest income.  The interest on these loans is accounted for on the cash basis or cost recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual status.  Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

A loan is considered past due when a payment of principal or interest or both is due but not paid.  Management closely monitors past due loans in timeframes of 30-59 days, 60-89 days, and 90 or more days past due.
These policies apply to all loan portfolio classes and segments.

Substandard and doubtful risk graded commercial, commercial real estate, and construction loans equal to or greater than $100,000 on an unsecured basis, and equal to or greater than $250,000 on a secured basis are reviewed for impairment. All troubled debt restructurings, regardless of dollar amount, are also evaluated for impairment. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.  Factors considered by management in determining impairment and establishing a specific allowance include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due.  Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower's prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.  Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis for commercial, commercial real estate, and construction loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate, the loan's obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.

Generally, large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans (residential real estate and consumer loans) are collectively evaluated for impairment.  The Company's policy for recognizing interest income on impaired loans is consistent with its nonaccrual policy.

The Company's loan portfolio is organized by major segment. These include:  commercial, commercial real estate, residential real estate and consumer loans.  Each segment has particular risk characteristics that are specific to the borrower and the generic category of credit.  Commercial loan repayments are highly dependent on cash flows associated with the underlying business and its profitability.  They can also be impacted by changes in collateral values.  Commercial real estate loans share the same general risk characteristics as commercial loans, but are often more dependent on the value of the underlying real estate collateral and, when construction is involved, the ultimate completion of and sale of the project.  Residential real estate loans are generally dependent on the value of collateral and the credit worthiness of the underlying borrower.  Consumer loans are very similar in risk characteristics to residential real estate.

In connection with the MidCarolina merger, certain loans were acquired which exhibited deteriorated credit quality since origination and for which the Bank does not expect to collect all contractual payments.  These purchased credit impaired loans are recorded at the amount paid, such that there is no carryover of the seller's allowance for loan losses.  After acquisition, losses are recognized by an increase in the allowance for loan losses.

Such purchased credit impaired loans are accounted for individually or aggregated into pools of loans based on common risk characteristics such as, credit score, loan type, and date of origination.  The Company estimates the amount and timing of expected cash flows for each loan or pool, and the expected cash flows in excess of amount paid is recorded as interest income over the remaining life of the loan or pool (accretable yield).  The excess of the loan's or pool's contractual principal and interest over expected cash flows is not recorded (nonaccretable difference).

Over the life of the loan or pool, expected cash flows continue to be estimated.  It the present value of expected cash flows is less than the carrying amount, a loss is recorded as a provision for loan losses.  If the present value of expected cash flows is greater than the carrying amount, it is recognized as part of future interest income.

59

Troubled Debt Restructurings

In situations where, for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower's financial condition, management may grant a concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider, the related loan is classified as a troubled debt restructuring ("TDR").  Management strives to identify borrowers in financial difficulty early and work with them to modify their loan to more affordable terms before their loan reaches nonaccrual status.  These modified terms may include rate reductions, principal forgiveness, payment forbearance and other actions intended to minimize the economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of the collateral.  In cases where borrowers are granted new terms that provide for a reduction of either interest or principal, management measures any impairment on the restructuring as noted above for impaired loans.  The Company has $2,862,000 in loans classified as TDRs as of December 31, 2014 and $2,100,000 as of December 31, 2013.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The purpose of the allowance for loan losses ("ALLL") is to provide for probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio.  The allowance is increased by the provision for loan losses and by recoveries of previously charged-off loans.  Loan charge-offs decrease the allowance.

The goal of the Company is to maintain an appropriate, systematic, and consistently applied process to determine the amounts of the ALLL and the provision for loan loss expense.

The Company uses certain practices to manage its credit risk.  These practices include (1) appropriate lending limits for loan officers, (2) a loan approval process, (3) careful underwriting of loan requests, including analysis of borrowers, cash flows, collateral, and market risks, (4) regular monitoring of the portfolio, including diversification by type and geography, (5) review of loans by the Loan Review department, which operates independently of loan production, (6) regular meetings of the Credit Committees to discuss portfolio and policy changes and make decisions on large or unusual loan requests, and (7) regular meetings of the Asset Quality Committee which reviews the status of individual loans.

Risk grades are assigned as part of the loan origination process. From time to time risk grades may be modified as warranted by the facts and circumstances surrounding the credit.

Calculation and analysis of the allowance for loan losses is prepared quarterly by the Finance Department.  The Company's Credit Committee, Capital Management Committee, Audit Committee, and the Board of Directors review the allowance for adequacy.

The Company's allowance for loan losses has two basic components:  the formula allowance and the specific allowance.  Each of these components is determined based upon estimates and judgments.

The formula allowance uses historical loss experience as an indicator of future losses, along with various qualitative factors, including levels and trends in delinquencies, nonaccrual loans, charge-offs and recoveries, trends in volume and terms of loans, effects of changes in underwriting standards, experience of lending staff, economic conditions, and portfolio concentrations. In the formula allowance for commercial and commercial real estate loans, the historical loss rate is combined with the qualitative factors, resulting in an adjusted loss factor for each risk-grade category of loans.  The period-end balances for each loan risk-grade category are multiplied by the adjusted loss factor.  Allowance calculations for consumer loans are calculated based on historical losses for each product category without regard to risk grade. This loss rate is combined with qualitative factors resulting in an adjusted loss factor for each product category.

The specific allowance uses various techniques to arrive at an estimate of loss for specifically identified impaired loans. These include:

·
The present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate.  The effective interest rate on a loan is the rate of return implicit in the loan (that is, the contractual interest rate adjusted for any net deferred loan fees or costs and any premium or discount existing at the origination or acquisition of the loan);
·
The loan's observable market price, or
·
The fair value of the collateral, net of estimated costs to dispose, if the loan is collateral dependent.
        The use of these computed values is inherently subjective and actual losses could be greater or less than the estimates.

60

No single statistic, formula, or measurement determines the adequacy of the allowance.  Management makes subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain, and different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions.  For analytical purposes, management allocates a portion of the allowance to specific loan categories and specific loans.  However, the entire allowance is used to absorb credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio, including identified and unidentified losses.

The relationships and ratios used in calculating the allowance, including the qualitative factors, may change from period to period as facts and circumstances evolve.  Furthermore, management cannot provide assurance that in any particular period the Company will not have sizeable credit losses in relation to the amount reserved.  Management may find it necessary to significantly adjust the allowance, considering current factors at the time.

Premises and Equipment

Land is carried at cost.  Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization.  Premises and equipment are depreciated over their estimated useful lives ranging from three years to thirty-nine years; leasehold improvements are amortized over the lives of the respective leases or the estimated useful lives of the improvements, whichever is less.  Software is generally amortized over three years.  Depreciation and amortization are recorded on the straight-line method.

Costs of maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.  Costs of replacing structural parts of major units are considered individually and are expensed or capitalized as the facts dictate.  Gains and losses on routine dispositions are reflected in current operations.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill is subject to at least an annual assessment for impairment by applying a fair value based test.  Additionally, acquired intangible assets (such as core deposit intangibles) are separately recognized if the benefit of the assets can be sold, transferred, licensed, rented, or exchanged, and amortized over their useful lives.  Intangible assets related to branch transactions continued to amortize. The cost of purchased deposit relationships and other intangible assets, based on independent valuation, are being amortized over their estimated lives ranging from eight to ten years.

The Company records as goodwill the excess of purchase price over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired. Impairment testing is performed annually, as well as when an event triggering impairment may have occurred. The Company performs its annual analysis as of June 30 each fiscal year. Accounting guidance permits preliminary assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether more substantial impairment testing is required. The Company chose to bypass the preliminary assessment and utilized a two-step process for impairment testing of goodwill. The first step tests for impairment, while the second step, if necessary, measures the impairment.  No indicators of impairment were identified during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012.
Trust Assets

Securities and other property held by the trust and investment services segment in a fiduciary or agency capacity are not assets of the Company and are not included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Other Real Estate Owned

Other real estate owned represents real estate that has been acquired through loan foreclosures or deeds received in lieu of loan payments. Generally, such properties are appraised at the time acquired, and are recorded at the fair value less estimated selling costs.  Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. Revenue and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in noninterest expense.

Transfers of Financial Assets

Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been surrendered.  Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company – put presumptively beyond reach of the transferor and its creditors, even in bankruptcy or other receivership, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity or the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return specific assets.

61

Income Taxes

The Company uses the balance sheet method to account for deferred income tax assets and liabilities.  Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is determined based on the tax effects of the temporary differences between the book and tax bases of the various balance sheet assets and liabilities and gives current recognition to changes in tax rates and laws.

When tax returns are filed, it is highly certain that some positions taken would be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities, while others are subject to uncertainty about the merits of the position taken or the amount of the position that would be ultimately sustained.  The benefit of a tax position is recognized in the financial statements in the period during which, based on all available evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, if any.  Tax positions taken are not offset or aggregated with other positions.  Tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority.  The portion of the benefits associated with tax positions taken that exceeds the amount measured as described above is reflected as a liability for unrecognized tax benefits in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet along with any associated interest and penalties that would be payable to the taxing authorities upon examination.  The Company had no liability for unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock compensation accounting guidance ASC 718, "Compensation – Stock Compensation" requires that the compensation cost relating to share-based payment transactions be recognized in financial statements.  That cost will be measured based on the grant date fair value of the equity or liability instruments issued.  The stock compensation accounting guidance covers a wide range of share-based compensation arrangements including stock options, restricted share plans, performance-based awards, share appreciation rights, and employee share purchase plans.

The stock compensation accounting guidance requires that compensation cost for all stock awards be calculated and recognized over the employees' service period, generally defined as the vesting period.  For awards with graded-vesting, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.  A Black-Scholes model is used to estimate the fair value of stock options, while the market price of the Company's common stock at the date of grant is used for restricted stock awards.

Earnings Per Common Share

     Basic earnings per common share represent income available to common shareholders divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common share reflect the impact of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued, as well as any adjustment to income that would result from the assumed issuance. Potential common shares that may be issued by the Company consist solely of outstanding stock options, and are determined using the treasury method. Nonvested shares of restricted stock are included in the computation of basic earning per share because the holder has voting rights and shares in non-forfeitable dividends during the vesting period.
Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income is shown in a two statement approach, the first statement presents total net income and its components followed by a second statement that presents all the components of other comprehensive income such as unrealized gains and losses on available for sale securities and changes in the funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan.

Advertising and Marketing Costs

Advertising and marketing costs are expensed as incurred, and were $453,000, $607,000, and $454,000 in 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Business combinations are accounted for under ASC 805, "Business Combinations", using the acquisition method of accounting. The acquisition method of accounting requires an acquirer to recognize the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at the acquisition date measured at their fair values as of that date. To determine the fair values, the Company relies on third party valuations, such as appraisals, or internal valuations based on discounted cash flow analyses or other valuation techniques. Under the acquisition method of accounting, the Company identifies the acquirer and the closing date and applies applicable recognition principles and conditions.

62

        Acquisition-related costs are costs the Company incurs to effect a business combination. Those costs include advisory, legal, accounting, valuation, and other professional or consulting fees. Some other examples of costs to the Company include systems conversions, integration planning consultants and advertising costs. The Company accounts for acquisition-related costs as expenses in the periods in which the costs are incurred and the services are received, with one exception. The costs to issue debt or equity securities is recognized in accordance with other applicable GAAP. These acquisition-related costs have been and will be included within the Consolidated Statements of Income classified within the noninterest expense caption.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made in prior years financial statements to conform to classifications used in the current year. There were no material reclassifications.

Use of Estimates

In preparing consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the balance sheet and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of foreclosed real estate, goodwill and intangible assets, the valuation of deferred tax assets, other-than-temporary impairments of securities, and acquired loans with specific credit-related deterioration.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2014-01, "Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force)."  The amendments in this ASU permit reporting entities to make an accounting policy election to account for their investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met.  Under the proportional amortization method, an entity amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received and recognizes the net investment performance in the income statement as a component of income tax expense (benefit).  The amendments in this ASU should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented. A reporting entity that uses the effective yield method to account for its investments in qualified affordable housing projects before the date of adoption may continue to apply the effective yield method for those preexisting investments. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business entities for annual periods and interim reporting periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. Early adoption is permitted.  The Company is currently assessing the impact that ASU 2014-01 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-04, "Receivables—Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40): Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force)."  The amendments in this ASU clarify that an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, and a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either (1) the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or (2) the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. Additionally, the amendments require interim and annual disclosure of both (1) the amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the creditor and (2) the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure according to local requirements of the applicable jurisdiction.  The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. The Company is currently assessing the impact that ASU 2014-04 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In April 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-08, "Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205) and Property, Plant, and Equipment (Topic 360): Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity." The amendments in this ASU change the criteria for reporting discontinued operations while enhancing disclosures in this area. Under the new guidance, only disposals representing a strategic shift in operations should be presented as discontinued operations. Those strategic shifts should have a major effect on the organization's operations and financial results and include disposals of a major geographic area, a major line of business, or a major equity method investment. The new guidance requires expanded disclosures about discontinued operations that will provide financial statement users with more information about the assets, liabilities, income, and expenses of discontinued operations. Additionally, the new guidance requires disclosure of the pre-tax income attributable to a disposal of a significant part of an organization that does not qualify for discontinued operations reporting. The amendments in the ASU are effective for public business entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. Early adoption is permitted.  The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2014-08 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

63

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers: Topic 606." This ASU applies to any entity using GAAP that either enters into contracts with customers to transfer goods or services or enters into contracts for the transfer of nonfinancial assets unless those contracts are within the scope of other standards. The guidance supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Topic 605, Revenue Recognition, most industry-specific guidance, and some cost guidance included in Subtopic 605-35, "Revenue Recognition—Construction-Type and Production-Type Contracts." The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. To be in alignment with the core principle, an entity must apply a five step process including: identification of the contract(s) with a customer, identification of performance obligations in the contract(s), determination of the transaction price, allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations, and recognition of revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.  Additionally, the existing requirements for the recognition of a gain or loss on the transfer of nonfinancial assets that are not in a contract with a customer have also been amended to be consistent with the guidance on recognition and measurement.  The amendments in this ASU are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact that ASU 2014-09 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-10, "Development Stage Entities (Topic 915): Elimination of Certain Financial Reporting Requirements, Including an Amendment to Variable Interest Entities Guidance in Topic 810, Consolidation." The amendments in this ASU remove all incremental financial reporting requirements from GAAP for development stage entities, including the removal of Topic 915, "Development Stage Entities," from the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. In addition, this ASU adds an example disclosure and removes an exception provided to development stage entities in Topic 810, "Consolidation," for determining whether an entity is a variable interest entity.  The presentation and disclosure requirements in Topic 915 will no longer be required for the first annual period beginning after December 15, 2014. The revised consolidation standards are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015.  Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2014-10 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-11, "Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860): Repurchase-to-Maturity Transactions, Repurchase Financings, and Disclosures."  This ASU aligns the accounting for repurchase-to-maturity transactions and repurchase agreements executed as a repurchase financing with the accounting for other typical repurchase agreements. The new guidance eliminates sale accounting for repurchase-to-maturity transactions and supersedes the guidance under which a transfer of a financial asset and a contemporaneous repurchase financing could be accounted for on a combined basis as a forward agreement. The amendments in the ASU also require a new disclosure for transactions economically similar to repurchase agreements in which the transferor retains substantially all of the exposure to the economic return on the transferred financial assets throughout the term of the transaction. Additional disclosures will be required for the nature of collateral pledged in repurchase agreements and similar transactions accounted for as secured borrowings.  The amendments in this ASU are effective for the first interim or annual period beginning after December 15, 2014; however, the disclosure for transactions accounted for as secured borrowings is required to be presented for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014, and interim periods beginning after March 15, 2015. Early adoption is not permitted.  The Company is currently assessing the impact that ASU 2014-11 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-12, "Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period." The new guidance applies to reporting entities that grant employees share-based payments in which the terms of the award allow a performance target to be achieved after the requisite service period. The amendments in the ASU require that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition.  Existing guidance in "Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718)," should be applied to account for these types of awards. The amendments in this ASU are effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted and reporting entities may choose to apply the amendments in the ASU either on a prospective or retrospective basis.  The Company is currently assessing the impact that ASU 2014-12 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

64

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-14, "Receivables – Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40): Classification of Certain Government-Guaranteed Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure."  The amendments in this ASU apply to creditors that hold government-guaranteed mortgage loans and are intended to eliminate the diversity in practice related to the classification of these guaranteed loans upon foreclosure.  The new guidance stipulates that a mortgage loan be derecognized and a separate other receivable be recognized upon foreclosure if (1) the loan has a government guarantee that is not separable from the loan prior to foreclosure, (2) at the time of foreclosure, the creditor has the intent to convey the real estate property to the guarantor and make a claim on the guarantee, and the creditor has the ability to recover under that claim, and (3) at the time of foreclosure, any amount of the claim that is determined on the basis of the fair value of the real estate is fixed. Upon foreclosure, the other receivable should be measured on the amount of the loan balance (principal and interest) expected to be recovered from the guarantor. The amendments in this ASU are effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014. Entities may adopt the amendments on a prospective basis or modified retrospective basis as of the beginning of the annual period of adoption; however, the entity must apply the same method of transition as elected under ASU 2014-04. Early adoption is permitted provided the entity has already adopted ASU 2014-04.  The Company is currently assessing the impact that ASU 2014-14 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, "Presentation of Financial Statements – Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern."  This update is intended to provide guidance about management's responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures.  Management is required under the new guidance to evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the entity's ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date the financial statements are issued when preparing financial statements for each interim and annual reporting period.  If conditions or events are identified, the ASU specifies the process that must be followed by management and also clarifies the timing and content of going concern footnote disclosures in order to reduce diversity in practice.  The amendments in this ASU are effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted.  The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2014-15 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In November 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-16, "Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815):  Determining Whether the Host Contract in a Hybrid Financial Instrument Issued in the Form of a Share Is More Akin to Debt or to Equity."  The amendments in ASU do not change the current criteria in GAAP for determining when separation of certain embedded derivative features in a hybrid financial instrument is required. The amendments clarify how current GAAP should be interpreted in evaluating the economic characteristics and risks of a host contract in a hybrid financial instrument that is issued in the form of a share. Specifically, the amendments clarify that an entity should consider all relevant terms and features, including the embedded derivative feature being evaluated for bifurcation, in evaluating the nature of the host contract. Furthermore, the amendments clarify that no single term or feature would necessarily determine the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract. Rather, the nature of the host contract depends upon the economic characteristics and risks of the entire hybrid financial instrument.  The amendments in this ASU also clarify that, in evaluating the nature of a host contract, an entity should assess the substance of the relevant terms and features (i.e., the relative strength of the debt-like or equity-like terms and features given the facts and circumstances) when considering how to weight those terms and features.  The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption, including adoption in an interim period, is permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2014-16 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
 
In November 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-17, "Business Combinations (Topic 805):  Pushdown Accounting."  The amendments in ASU provide an acquired entity with an option to apply pushdown accounting in its separate financial statements upon occurrence of an event in which an acquirer obtains control of the acquired entity.  An acquired entity may elect the option to apply pushdown accounting in the reporting period in which the change-in-control event occurs. An acquired entity should determine whether to elect to apply pushdown accounting for each individual change-in-control event in which an acquirer obtains control of the acquired entity. If pushdown accounting is not applied in the reporting period in which the change-in-control event occurs, an acquired entity will have the option to elect to apply pushdown accounting in a subsequent reporting period to the acquired entity's most recent change-in-control event. An election to apply pushdown accounting in a reporting period after the reporting period in which the change-in-control event occurred should be considered a change in accounting principle in accordance with Topic 250, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections. If pushdown accounting is applied to an individual change-in-control event, that election is irrevocable.  The amendments in this ASU are effective on November 18, 2014. After the effective date, an acquired entity can make an election to apply the guidance to future change-in-control events or to its most recent change-in-control event. However, if the financial statements for the period in which the most recent change-in-control event occurred already have been issued or made available to be issued, the application of this guidance would be a change in accounting principle.  The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2014-17 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

65

In January 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-01, "Income Statement—Extraordinary and Unusual Items (Subtopic 225-20): Simplifying Income Statement Presentation by Eliminating the Concept of Extraordinary Items."  The amendments in this ASU eliminate from GAAP the concept of extraordinary items. Subtopic 225-20, Income Statement - Extraordinary and Unusual Items, required that an entity separately classify, present, and disclose extraordinary events and transactions.  Presently, an event or transaction is presumed to be an ordinary and usual activity of the reporting entity unless evidence clearly supports its classification as an extraordinary item.  If an event or transaction meets the criteria for extraordinary classification, an entity is required to segregate the extraordinary item from the results of ordinary operations and show the item separately in the income statement, net of tax, after income from continuing operations. The entity also is required to disclose applicable income taxes and either present or disclose earnings-per-share data applicable to the extraordinary item.  The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015.  Early adoption is permitted provided that the guidance is applied from the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption.  The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2015-01 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

Note 2 - Acquisition of MainStreet BankShares, Inc.

        On January 1, 2015, the Company completed its acquisition of MainStreet. The merger of MainStreet with and into the Company was effected pursuant to the terms and conditions of the MainStreet Merger Agreement.  Immediately after the merger of MainStreet into the Company, Franklin Community Bank, N.A., MainStreet's wholly-owned bank subsidiary, merged with and into the Bank.

        Pursuant to the MainStreet Merger Agreement, the former holders of shares of MainStreet common stock received $3.46 in cash and 0.482 shares of the Company's common stock for each share of MainStreet common stock held immediately prior to the effective date of the merger, plus cash in lieu of fractional shares. Each option to purchase shares of MainStreet common stock that was outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of the merger vested upon the merger and was converted into an option to purchase shares of the Company's common stock, adjusted based on a 0.643 exchange ratio. Each share of the Company's common stock outstanding immediately prior to the merger remained outstanding and was unaffected by the merger. The cash portion of the merger consideration was funded through a cash dividend of $6 million from the Bank to the Company, and no borrowing was incurred by the Company or the Bank in connection with the merger.

        MainStreet was the holding company for Franklin Bank.  As of December 31, 2014, MainStreet had total net loans of approximately $122 million, total assets of approximately $164 million, and total deposits of approximately $137 million. Franklin Bank provided banking services to its customers from three banking offices located in Rocky Mount, Hardy, and Union Hall, Virginia, which are now branch offices of the Bank.

Note 3 – Restrictions on Cash

The Company is a member of the Federal Reserve System and is required to maintain certain levels of its cash and cash equivalents as reserves based on regulatory requirements. This reserve requirement was $0 at December 31, 2014 and 2013

The Company maintains cash accounts in other commercial banks.  The amount on deposit with correspondent institutions at December 31, 2014 exceeded the insurance limits of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation by $5,814,000.

66

Note 4 - Securities

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investments in debt securities at December 31, 2014 and 2013 were as follows (dollars in thousands):

   
December 31, 2014
 
   
Amortized
   
Unrealized
   
Unrealized
     
   
Cost
   
Gains
   
Losses
   
Fair Value
 
Securities available for sale:
               
Federal agencies and GSEs
 
$
81,958
   
$
252
   
$
104
   
$
82,106
 
Mortgage-backed and CMOs
   
56,289
     
1,248
     
112
     
57,425
 
State and municipal
   
188,060
     
7,523
     
90
     
195,493
 
Corporate
   
8,416
     
16
     
53
     
8,379
 
Equity securities
   
1,000
     
313
     
-
     
1,313
 
Total securities available for sale
 
$
335,723
   
$
9,352
   
$
359
   
$
344,716
 
                                 
                                 

   
December 31, 2013
 
   
Amortized Cost
   
Unrealized Gains
   
Unrealized Losses
   
Fair Value
 
Securities available for sale:
               
Federal agencies and GSEs
 
$
66,241
   
$
126
   
$
486
   
$
65,881
 
Mortgage-backed and CMOs
   
69,168
     
1,085
     
645
     
69,608
 
State and municipal
   
193,251
     
5,999
     
517
     
198,733
 
Corporate
   
10,959
     
4
     
164
     
10,799
 
Total securities available for sale
 
$
340,619
   
$
7,317
   
$
1,812
   
$
346,124
 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investments in securities at December 31, 2014, by contractual maturity, are shown in the following table.  Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.  Because mortgage-backed securities have both known principal repayment terms as well as unknown principal repayments due to potential borrower pre-payments, it is difficult to accurately predict the final maturity of these investments.  Mortgage-backed securities are shown separately (dollars in thousands):

   
Available for Sale
 
   
Amortized
Cost
   
Fair Value
 
         
Due in one year or less
 
$
11,677
     
11,741
 
Due after one year through five years
   
140,390
     
142,688
 
Due after five years through ten years
   
100,686
     
105,099
 
Due after ten years
   
25,681
     
26,450
 
Mortgage-backed and CMOs
   
56,289
     
57,425
 
Equity securities
   
1,000
     
1,313
 
   
$
335,723
   
$
344,716
 

Gross realized gains and losses from the call of certain securities or the sale of securities available for sale were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
       
Realized gains
 
$
507
   
$
229
   
$
193
 
Realized losses
   
(2
)
   
(37
)
   
(35
)
Other-than-temporary impairment
   
-
     
-
     
-
 

Securities with a carrying value of approximately $168,965,000 and $154,946,000 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits, repurchase agreements, and for other purposes as required by law.  FHLB letters of credit were used as additional collateral in the amounts of $70,000,000 at December 31, 2014 and $72,000,000 at December 31, 2013.

67

Temporarily Impaired Securities

The following table shows estimated fair value and gross unrealized losses, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2014.  The reference point for determining when securities are in an unrealized loss position is month-end.  Therefore, it is possible that a security's market value exceeded its amortized cost on other days during the past twelve-month period.

        Available for sale securities that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 
 
Total
   
Less than 12 Months
   
12 Months or More
 
   
Fair Value
   
Unrealized
Loss
   
Fair Value
   
Unrealized
Loss
   
Fair Value
   
Unrealized
Loss
 
Federal agencies and GSEs
 
$
28,979
   
$
104
   
$
21,449
   
$
35
   
$
7,530
   
$
69
 
Mortgage-backed and CMOs
   
7,182
     
112
     
1,171
     
13
     
6,011
     
99
 
State and municipal
   
20,542
     
90
     
15,836
     
60
     
4,706
     
30
 
Corporate
   
5,032
     
53
     
2,273
     
4
     
2,759
     
49
 
Total
 
$
61,735
   
$
359
   
$
40,729
   
$
112
   
$
21,006
   
$
247
 

GSE debt securities: The unrealized losses on the Company's investment in 14 government sponsored entities ("GSE") were caused by interest rate increases. The contractual terms of those investments do not permit the issuer to settle the securities at a price less than the amortized cost bases of the investments. Because the Company does not intend to sell the investments and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be maturity, the Company does not consider those investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2014.

GSE residential mortgage-backed securities: The unrealized losses on the Company's investment in seven GSE mortgage-backed securities were caused by interest rate increases. The contractual cash flows of those investments are guaranteed by an agency of the U.S. Government. Accordingly, it is expected that the securities would not be settled at a price less than the amortized cost bases of the Company's investments. Because the decline in market value is attributable to changes in interest rates and not credit quality, and because the Company does not intend to sell the investments and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be maturity, the Company does not consider those investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2014.

State and municipal securities:  The unrealized losses on 25 state and municipal securities were caused by interest rate increases and not credit deterioration. The contractual terms of those investments do not permit the issuer to settle the securities at a price less than the amortized cost bases of the investments. Because the Company does not intend to sell the investments and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be maturity, the Company does not consider those investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2014.

Corporate securities:  The unrealized losses on five corporate securities were caused by interest rate increases and not credit deterioration. The contractual terms of those investments do not permit the issuer to settle the securities at a price less than the amortized cost bases of the investments. Because the Company does not intend to sell the investments and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be maturity, the Company does not consider those investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2014.

Due to restrictions placed upon the Bank's common stock investment in the Federal Reserve Bank and FHLB, these securities have been classified as restricted equity securities and carried at cost. These restricted securities are not subject to the investment security classifications and are included as a separate line item on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheet. The FHLB requires the Bank to maintain stock in an amount equal to 4.5% of outstanding borrowings and a specific percentage of the Bank's total assets. The Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond requires the Bank to maintain stock with a par value equal to 6% of its outstanding capital. Restricted equity securities consist of Federal Reserve Bank stock in the amount of $2,742,000 and $2,722,000 as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and FHLB stock in the amount of $1,625,000 and $2,000,000 as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
68

The table below shows gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities had been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2013 (dollars in thousands):

 
 
Total
   
Less than 12 Months
   
12 Months or More
 
   
Fair
Value
   
Unrealized
Loss
   
Fair
Value
   
Unrealized
Loss
   
Fair
Value
   
Unrealized
Loss
 
Federal agencies and GSEs
 
$
41,586
   
$
486
   
$
41,586
   
$
486
   
$
-
   
$
-
 
Mortgage-backed and CMOs
   
23,916
     
645
     
19,042
     
577
     
4,874
     
68
 
State and municipal
   
33,192
     
517
     
29,732
     
462
     
3,460
     
55
 
Corporate
   
7,347
     
164
     
7,347
     
164
     
-
     
-
 
Total
 
$
106,041
   
$
1,812
   
$
97,707
   
$
1,689
   
$
8,334
   
$
123
 

Other-Than-Temporary-Impaired Securities

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, there were no securities classified as other-than-temporary impaired.

Note 5 – Loans

Loans, excluding loans held for sale, at December 31, 2014 and 2013 were comprised of the following (dollars in thousands):

   
December 31,
 
   
2014
   
2013
 
         
Commercial
 
$
126,981
   
$
122,553
 
Commercial real estate:
               
Construction and land development
   
50,863
     
41,822
 
Commercial real estate
   
391,472
     
364,616
 
Residential real estate:
               
Residential
   
175,293
     
171,917
 
Home equity
   
91,075
     
87,797
 
Consumer
   
5,241
     
5,966
 
Total loans
 
$
840,925
   
$
794,671
 

Net deferred loan (fees) costs included in the above loan categories are $(435,000) for 2014 and $(299,000) for 2013.

Overdraft deposits were reclassified to consumer loans in the amount of $129,000 and $71,000 for 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Acquired Loans

Interest income, including accretion, on loans acquired from MidCarolina for the year ended December 31, 2014 was approximately $13.4 million. The outstanding principal balance and the carrying amount of these loans included in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2014 and 2013, are as follows (dollars in thousands):
   
2014
   
2013
 
Outstanding principal balance
 
$
84,892
   
$
134,099
 
Carrying amount
   
78,111
     
124,828
 

The outstanding principal balance and related carrying amount of acquired impaired loans, for which the Company applies ASC 310-30 to account for interest earned, as of the indicated dates is as follows (dollars in thousands):

   
December 31, 2014
   
December 31, 2013
 
Outstanding principal balance
 
$
18,357
   
$
21,014
 
Carrying amount
   
14,933
     
16,644
 

 
69

 
                                                      The following table presents changes in the accretable yield on acquired impaired loans, for which the Company applies ASC 310-30 ,  for the year ended December 31, 2014. The accretion reflected below includes $88,000 related to loan payoffs (dollars in thousands):

   
2014
   
2013
   
2012
 
Balance at January 1
 
$
2,046
   
$
2,165
   
$
1,056
 
Accretion
   
(1,185
)
   
(2,635
)
   
(2,616
)
Reclassification from nonaccretable difference
   
579
     
2,516
     
3,725
 
Balance at December 31
 
$
1,440
   
$
2,046
   
$
2,165
 

Past Due Loans

The following table shows an analysis by portfolio segment of the Company's past due loans at December 31, 2014 (dollars in thousands):

   
30- 59 Days
Past Due
   
60-89 Days
Past Due
   
90 Days +
Past Due
and Still
Accruing
   
Non-
Accrual
Loans
   
Total
Past
Due
   
Current
   
Total
Loans
 
                             
Commercial
 
$
114
   
$
165
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
279
   
$
126,702
   
$
126,981
 
Commercial real estate:
                                                       
Construction and land development
   
44
     
269
     
-
     
279
     
592
     
50,271
     
50,863
 
Commercial real estate
   
257
     
-
     
-
     
3,010
     
3,267
     
388,205
     
391,472
 
Residential:
                                                       
Residential
   
390
     
325
     
-
     
560
     
1,275
     
174,018
     
175,293
 
Home equity
   
223
     
60
     
-
     
262
     
545
     
90,530
     
91,075
 
Consumer
   
1
     
42
     
-
     
1
     
44
     
5,197
     
5,241
 
Total
 
$
1,029
   
$
861
   
$
-
   
$
4,112
   
$
6,002
   
$
834,923
   
$
840,925
 

The following table shows an analysis by portfolio segment of the Company's past due loans at December 31, 2013 (dollars in thousands):

   
30- 59 Days
Past Due
   
60-89 Days
Past Due
   
90 Days +
Past Due
and Still
Accruing
   
Non-
Accrual
Loans
   
Total
Past
Due
   
Current
   
Total
Loans
 
                             
Commercial
 
$
27
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
11
   
$
38
   
$
122,515
   
$
122,553
 
Commercial real estate:
                                                       
Construction and land development
   
-
     
51
     
-
     
877
     
928
     
40,894
     
41,822
 
Commercial real estate
   
667
     
-
     
-
     
2,879
     
3,546
     
361,070
     
364,616
 
Residential:
                                                       
   Residential
   
642
     
202
     
-
     
880
     
1,724
     
170,193
     
171,917
 
Home equity
   
109
     
18
     
-
     
424
     
551
     
87,246
     
87,797
 
Consumer
   
21
     
1
     
-
     
-
     
22
     
5,944
     
5,966
 
Total
 
$
1,466
   
$
272
   
$
-
   
$
5,071
   
$
6,809
   
$
787,862
   
$
794,671
 

70

Impaired Loans

The following table presents the Company's impaired loan balances by portfolio segment, excluding acquired impaired loans, at December 31, 2014 (dollars in thousands):

   
Recorded
Investment
   
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
   
Related
Allowance
   
Average
Recorded
Investment
   
Interest
Income
Recognized
 
With no related allowance recorded:
 
   
   
   
   
 
Commercial
 
$
7
   
$
7
   
$
-
   
$
12
   
$
1
 
Commercial real estate:
                                       
Construction and land development
   
280
     
325
     
-
     
448
     
-
 
Commercial real estate
   
1,520
     
1,797
     
-
     
1,844
     
-
 
Residential:
                                       
Residential
   
603
     
603
     
-
     
723
     
8
 
Home equity
   
256
     
256
     
-
     
316
     
-
 
Consumer
   
1
     
1
     
-
     
2
     
-
 
 
 
$
2,667
   
$
2,989
   
$
-
   
$
3,345
   
$
9
 
With a related allowance recorded:
                                       
Commercial
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Commercial real estate:
                                       
Construction and land development
   
576
     
577
     
12
     
593
     
34
 
Commercial real estate
   
1,275
     
1,422
     
149
     
1,297
     
8
 
Residential
                                       
Residential
   
4
     
4
     
1
     
4
     
-
 
Home equity
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Consumer
   
15
     
15
     
3
     
17
     
1
 
 
 
$
1,870
   
$
2,018
   
$
165
   
$
1,911
   
$
43
 
Total:
                                       
Commercial
 
$
7
   
$
7
   
$
-
   
$
12
   
$
1
 
Commercial real estate:
                                       
Construction and land development
   
856
     
902
     
12
     
1,041
     
34
 
Commercial real estate
   
2,795
     
3,219
     
149
     
3,141
     
8
 
Residential:
                                       
Residential
   
607
     
607
     
1
     
727
     
8
 
Home equity
   
256
     
256
     
-
     
316
     
-
 
Consumer
   
16
     
16
     
3
     
19
     
1
 
 
 
$
4,537
   
$
5,007
   
$
165
   
$
5,256
   
$
52
 

 
71

The following table presents the Company's impaired loan balances by portfolio segment, excluding acquired impaired loans, at December 31, 2013 (dollars in thousands):

   
Recorded
Investment
   
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
   
Related
Allowance
   
Average
Recorded
Investment
   
Interest
Income
Recognized
 
With no related allowance recorded:
 
   
   
   
   
 
Commercial
 
$
19
   
$
19
   
$
-
   
$
20
   
$
1
 
Commercial real estate:
                                       
Construction and land development
   
18
     
18
     
-
     
261
     
4
 
Commercial real estate
   
936
     
936
     
-
     
950
     
13
 
Residential:
                                       
Residential
   
880
     
888
     
-
     
1,200
     
11
 
Home equity
   
424
     
424
     
-
     
433
     
-
 
Consumer
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
 
 
$
2,277
   
$
2,285
   
$
-
   
$
2,864
   
$
29
 
With a related allowance recorded:
                                       
Commercial
 
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
 
Commercial real estate:
                                       
Construction and land development
   
1,468
     
1,507
     
68
     
1,551
     
33
 
Commercial real estate
   
2,266
     
2,264
     
488
     
1,198
     
7
 
Residential:
                                       
Residential
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Home equity
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Consumer
   
18
     
18
     
3
     
19
     
1
 
 
 
$
3,752
   
$
3,789
   
$
559
   
$
2,768
   
$
41
 
Total:
                                       
Commercial
 
$
19
   
$
19
   
$
-
   
$
20
   
$
1
 
Commercial real estate:
                                       
Construction and land development
   
1,486
     
1,525
     
68
     
1,812
     
37
 
Commercial real estate
   
3,202
     
3,200
     
488
     
2,148
     
20
 
Residential:
                                       
Residential
   
880
     
888
     
-
     
1,200
     
11
 
Home equity
   
424
     
424
     
-
     
433
     
-
 
Consumer
   
18
     
18
     
3
     
19
     
1
 
 
 
$
6,029
   
$
6,074
   
$
559
   
$
5,632
   
$
70
 

The following table shows the detail of loans modified as TDRs during the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, included in the impaired loan balances (dollars in thousands):

 
 
Loans Modified as a TDR for the
Year Ended December 31, 2014
 
   
Number of
Contracts
   
Pre-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment
   
Post-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment
 
Commercial
   
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
 
Commercial real estate
   
2
     
743
     
737
 
   Equity
   
1
     
8
     
8
 
   Residential real estate:
   
2
     
121
     
124
 
   Consumer
   
-
     
-
     
-
 
Total
   
5
   
$
872
   
$
869
 

72

 
 
 
Loans Modified as a TDR for the
Year Ended December 31, 2013
 
   
Number of
Contracts
   
Pre-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment
   
Post-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment
 
Commercial
   
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
 
Commercial real estate
   
1
     
1,190
     
1,190
 
   Equity
   
-
     
-
     
-
 
   Residential real estate
   
-
     
-
     
-
 
   Consumer
   
-
     
-
     
-
 
Total
   
1
   
$
1,190
   
$
1,190
 


 
 
Loans Modified as a TDR for the
Year Ended December 31, 2012
 
   
Number of
Contracts
   
Pre-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment
   
Post-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment
 
Commercial
   
1
   
$
11
   
$
10
 
Commercial real estate
   
9
     
2,421
     
1,403
 
   Equity
   
-
     
-
     
-
 
   Residential real estate
   
1
     
11
     
11
 
   Consumer
   
1
     
22
     
21
 
Total
   
12
   
$
2,465
   
$
1,445
 

During the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, the Company had no loans that subsequently defaulted within twelve months of modification.  The Company defines default as one or more payments that occur more than 90 days past the due date, charge-off or foreclosure subsequent to modification.

     The following table summarizes the primary reason certain loan modifications were classified as TDRs and includes newly designated TDRs as well as modifications made to existing TDRs. Balances represent the recorded investment at the end of the year in which the modification was made. Rate modifications include TDRs made with below market interest rates that also include modifications of loan structures (dollars in thousands):
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2014
   
2013
   
2012
 
   
Type of Modification
   
ALLL
   
Type of Modification
   
ALLL
   
Type of Modification
   
ALLL
 
   
Rate
   
Structure
   
Impact
   
Rate
   
Structure
   
Impact
   
Rate
   
Structure
   
Impact
 
Commercial
   $
-
     $
-
     $
-
     $
-
     $
-
     $
-
     $
-
     $
10
     $
8
 
Commercial real
  estate
   
-
     
737
     
-
     
-
     
1,190
     
137
     
-
     
1,403
     
-
 
Equity
   
-
     
8
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Residential real
   estate
   
-
     
124
     
1
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
11
     
-
 
Consumer
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
21
     
22
 
Total
   $
-
     $
869
     $
1
     $
-
     $
1,190
     $
137
     $
-
     $
1,445
     $
30
 
 
     As of December 31, 2014, the Company had $361,00 residential real estate loans in the process of foreclosure.
 
73

Risk Ratings

The following table shows the Company's loan portfolio broken down by internal risk grading as of December 31, 2014 (dollars in thousands):

Commercial and Consumer Credit Exposure
Credit Risk Profile by Internally Assigned Grade

 
 
Commercial
   
Construction and Land Development
   
Commercial Real Estate
   
Residential Real Estate
   
Home Equity
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
Pass
 
$
125,405
   
$
45,534
   
$
382,607
   
$
165,367
   
$
88,646
 
Special Mention
   
1,569
     
569
     
4,889
     
6,709
     
1,801
 
Substandard
   
7
     
4,760
     
3,976
     
3,217
     
628
 
Doubtful
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Total
 
$
126,981
   
$
50,863
   
$
391,472
   
$
175,293
   
$
91,075
 



Consumer Credit Exposure
Credit Risk Profile Based on Payment Activity

 
Consumer
 
   
Performing
 
$
5,240
 
Nonperforming
   
1
 
Total
 
$
5,241
 

Loans classified in the Pass category typically are fundamentally sound and risk factors are reasonable and acceptable.

Loans classified in the Special Mention category typically have been criticized internally, by loan review or the loan officer, or by external regulators under the current credit policy regarding risk grades.

Loans classified in the Substandard category typically have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt; they are typically characterized by the possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Loans classified in the Doubtful category typically have all the weaknesses inherent in loans classified as substandard, plus the added characteristic the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values highly questionable and improbable. However, these loans are not yet rated as loss because certain events may occur that may salvage the debt.

Consumer loans are classified as performing or nonperforming.  A loan is nonperforming when payments of interest and principal are past due 90 days or more, or payments are less than 90 days past due, but there are other good reasons to doubt that payment will be made in full.

74

The following table shows the Company's loan portfolio broken down by internal risk grading as of December 31, 2013 (dollars in thousands):

Commercial and Consumer Credit Exposure
Credit Risk Profile by Internally Assigned Grade

   
Commercial
   
Construction and Land Development
   
Commercial
Real Estate
   
Residential Real Estate
   
Home
Equity
 
                     
Pass
 
$
121,033
   
$
35,563
   
$
351,801
   
$
158,478
   
$
85,163
 
Special Mention
   
1,500
     
1,005
     
6,795
     
8,242
     
1,650
 
Substandard
   
20
     
5,254
     
6,020
     
5,197
     
984
 
Doubtful
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Total
 
$
122,553
   
$
41,822
   
$
364,616
   
$
171,917
   
$
87,797
 

Consumer Credit Exposure
Credit Risk Profile Based on Payment Activity

 
Consumer
 
   
Performing
 
$
5,966
 
Nonperforming
   
-
 
Total
 
$
5,966
 

Note 6 – Allowance for Loan Losses and Reserve for Unfunded Lending Commitments

Changes in the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014, are presented below (dollars in thousands):

 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
   
2013
   
2012
 
Allowance for Loan Losses
         
Balance, beginning of year
 
$
12,600
   
$
12,118
   
$
10,529
 
Provision for loan losses
   
400
     
294
     
2,133
 
Charge-offs
   
(964
)
   
(837
)
   
(2,086
)
Recoveries
   
391
     
1,025
     
1,542
 
Balance, end of year
 
$
12,427
   
$
12,600
   
$
12,118
 
                         
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
     
2014
     
2013
     
2012
 
Reserve for Unfunded Lending Commitments
                       
Balance, beginning of year
 
$
210
   
$
201
   
$
200
 
Provision for unfunded commitments
   
(47
)
   
9
     
1
 
Charge-offs (recovery of)
   
-
     
-
     
-
 
Balance, end of year
 
$
163
   
$
210
   
$
201
 

The reserve for unfunded loan commitments is included in other liabilities.

75

              
           The following table presents the Company's allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment and the related loan balance total by segment for the year ended December 31, 2014 (dollars in thousands):
           
  
 
Commercial
   
Commercial Real Estate
   
Residential Real Estate
   
Consumer
   
Unallocated
   
Total
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Allowance for Loan Losses
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Balance as of December 31, 2013
 
$
1,810
   
$
6,819
   
$
3,690
   
$
99
   
$
182
   
$
12,600
 
Charge-offs
   
(101
)
   
(510
)
   
(258
)
   
(95
)
   
-
     
(964
)
Recoveries
   
51
     
66
     
191
     
83
     
-
     
391
 
Provision
   
58
     
439
     
92
     
(7
)
   
(182
)
   
400
 
Balance at December 31, 2014
 
$
1,818
   
$
6,814
   
$
3,715
   
$
80
   
$
-
   
$
12,427
 
 
                                               
Balance at December 31, 2014:
                                               
 
                                               
Allowance for Loan Losses
                                               
Individually evaluated for impairment
 
$
-
   
$
161
   
$
1
   
$
3
   
$
-
   
$
165
 
Collectively evaluated for impairment
   
1,815
     
6,400
     
3,424
     
77
     
-
     
11,716
 
Acquired impaired loans
   
3
     
253
     
290
     
-
     
-
     
546
 
Total
 
$
1,818
   
$
6,814
   
$
3,715
   
$
80
   
$
-
   
$
12,427
 
 
                                               
Loans
                                               
Individually evaluated for impairment
 
$
7
   
$
3,651
   
$
863
   
$
16
   
$
-
   
$
4,537
 
Collectively evaluated for impairment
   
126,774
     
429,660
     
259,796
     
5,225
     
-
     
821,455
 
Acquired impaired loans
   
200
     
9,024
     
5,709
     
-
     
-
     
14,933
 
Total
 
$
126,981
   
$
442,335
   
$
266,368
   
$
5,241
   
$
-
   
$
840,925
 
 
                                               

              The following table presents the Company's allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment and the related loan balance total by segment for the year ended December 31, 2013 (dollars in thousands):
         
 
 
Commercial
   
Commercial Real Estate
   
Residential Real Estate
   
Consumer
   
Unallocated
   
Total
 
                         
Allowance for Loan Losses
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Balance as of December 31, 2012
 
$
1,450
   
$
6,822
   
$
3,638
   
$
208
   
$
-
   
$
12,118
 
Charge-offs
   
(129
)
   
(164
)
   
(369
)
   
(175
)
   
-
     
(837
)
Recoveries
   
335
     
323
     
244
     
123
     
-
     
1,025
 
Provision
   
154
     
(162
)
   
177
     
(57
)
   
182
     
294
 
Balance as of December 31, 2013
 
$
1,810
   
$
6,819
   
$
3,690
   
$
99
   
$
182
   
$
12,600
 
 
                                               
Balance as of December 31, 2013:
                                               
                                                 
Allowance for Loan Losses
                                               
Individually evaluated for impairment
 
$
-
   
$
556
   
$
-
   
$
3
   
$
-
   
$
559
 
Collectively evaluated for impairment
   
1,810
     
6,039
     
3,483
     
96
     
182
     
11,610
 
Acquired impaired loans
   
-
     
224
     
207
     
-
     
-
     
431
 
Total
 
$
1,810
   
$
6,819
   
$
3,690
   
$
99
   
$
182
   
$
12,600
 
 
                                               
Loans
                                               
Individually evaluated for impairment
 
$
19
   
$
4,688
   
$
1,304
   
$
18
   
$
-
   
$
6,029
 
Collectively evaluated for impairment
   
122,424
     
392,720
     
250,906
     
5,948
     
-
     
771,998
 
Acquired impaired loans
   
110
     
9,030
     
7,504
     
-
     
-
     
16,644
 
Total
 
$
122,553
   
$
406,438
   
$
259,714
   
$
5,966
   
$
-
   
$
794,671
 

The allowance for loan losses is allocated to loan segments based upon historical loss factors, risk grades on individual loans, portfolio analyses of smaller balance, homogenous loans, and qualitative factors.  Qualitative factors include trends in delinquencies, nonaccrual loans, and loss rates; trends in volume and terms of loans, effects of changes in risk selection, underwriting standards, and lending policies; experience of lending officers, other lending staff and loan review; national, regional, and local economic trends and conditions; legal, regulatory and collateral factors; and concentrations of credit.

76

Note 7 – Premises and Equipment

Major classifications of premises and equipment at December 31, 2014 and 2013 are summarized as follows (dollars in thousands):

   
December 31,
 
   
2014
   
2013
 
         
Land
 
$
5,794
   
$
5,794
 
Buildings
   
22,963
     
22,968
 
Leasehold improvements
   
1,418
     
1,238
 
Furniture and equipment
   
18,722
     
17,965
 
     
48,897
     
47,965
 
Accumulated depreciation
   
(25,872
)
   
(24,291
)
Premises and equipment, net
 
$
23,025
   
$
23,674
 

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 was $1,688,000, $1,734,000, and $1,761,000, respectively.

The Company has entered into operating leases for several of its branch and ATM facilities.  The minimum annual rental payments under these leases at December 31, 2014 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

   
Minimum Lease
 
Year
 
Payments
 
2015
 
$
599
 
2016
   
493
 
2017
   
429
 
2018
   
305
 
2019
   
31
 
2020 and after
   
-
 
   
$
1,857
 

Rent expense, a component of occupancy and equipment expense, for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 was $657,000, $629,000, and $650,000, respectively.

Note 8– Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The Company records as goodwill the excess of purchase price over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired. Impairment testing is performed annually, as well as when an event triggering impairment may have occurred. The Company performs its annual analysis as of June 30 each fiscal year. Accounting guidance permits preliminary assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether more substantial impairment testing is required. The Company chose to bypass the preliminary assessment and utilized a two-step process for impairment testing of goodwill. The first step tests for impairment, while the second step, if necessary, measures the impairment.  No indicators of impairment were identified during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012.
Core deposit intangibles resulting from the Community First acquisition in April 2006 were $3,112,000 and are being amortized over 99 months.  Core deposit intangibles resulting from the MidCarolina acquisition in July 2011 were $6,556,000 and are being amortized on an accelerated basis over 108 months.

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill and intangibles for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, are as follows (dollars in thousands):

   
Goodwill
   
Intangibles
 
Balance as of December 31, 2013
 
$
39,043
   
$
3,159
 
Additions
   
-
     
-
 
Amortization
   
-
     
(1,114
)
Impairment
   
-
     
-
 
Balance at December 31, 2014
 
$
39,043
   
$
2,045
 

77

Goodwill and intangible assets at December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follow (dollars in thousands):

   
Gross Carrying
Value
   
Accumulated
Amortization
   
Net Carrying
Value
 
December 31, 2014
           
Core deposit intangibles
 
$
9,969
   
$
(7,924
)
 
$
2,045
 
Goodwill
   
39,043
     
-
     
39,043
 
                         
December 31, 2013
                       
Core deposit intangibles
 
$
9,669
   
$
(6,510
)
 
$
3,159
 
Goodwill
   
39,043
     
-
     
39,043
 

Amortization expense of core deposit intangibles for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 were $1,114,000, $1,501,000, and $1,935,000, respectively.  As of December 31, 2014, the estimated future amortization expense of core deposit intangibles is as follows (dollars in thousands):

Year
 
Amount
 
2015
 
$
906
 
2016
   
717
 
2017
   
320
 
2018
   
68
 
2019
   
23
 
2020 and after
   
11
 
Total
 
$
2,045
 

Note 9 - Deposits

The aggregate amount of time deposits in denominations of $250,000 or more at December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $119,225,000 and $134,092,000, respectively.

At December 31, 2014, the scheduled maturities of certificates of deposits (included in "time" deposits on the Consolidated Balance Sheet) were as follows (dollars in thousands):

Year
 
Amount
 
     
2015
 
$
112,459
 
2016
   
119,396
 
2017
   
68,995
 
2018
   
39,111
 
2019
   
19,999
 
2020 and after
   
3,857
 
Total
 
$
363,817
 
 
      The Company has a relatively small portion of its time deposits provided by wholesale sources. Brokered time deposits totaled $0 at  December 31, 2014, compared to $4,000,000 at  December 31, 2013. Time deposits through the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service ("CDARs") program totaled $22,255,000 at December 31, 2014 compared to $22,375,000 at  December 31, 2013. Deposits through the CDARs program are generated from major customers with substantial relationships to the Bank.

78

Note 10 – Short-term Borrowings

Short-term borrowings consist of customer repurchase agreements, overnight borrowings from the FHLB, and Federal Funds purchased.  The Company has federal funds lines of credit established with two correspondent banks in the amounts of $15,000,000 and $10,000,000, and, additionally, has access to the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond's discount window.  Customer repurchase agreements are collateralized by securities of the U.S. Government, its agencies or Government Sponsored Entities ("GSEs").  They mature daily.  The interest rates are generally fixed but may be changed at the discretion of the Company. The securities underlying these agreements remain under the Company's control. FHLB overnight borrowings contain floating interest rates that may change daily at the discretion of the FHLB.  Federal Funds purchased are unsecured overnight borrowings from other financial institutions.  Short-term borrowings consisted solely of customer repurchase agreements at December 31, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in thousands):

 
December 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
 
Amount
 
Weighted
Average
Rate
 
Amount
 
Weighted
Average
Rate
 
         
Customer repurchase agreements
 
$
53,480
     
0.02
%
 
$
39,478
     
0.02
%

Note 11 – Long-term Borrowings

Under the terms of its collateral agreement with the FHLB, the Company provides a blanket lien covering all of its residential first mortgage loans, second mortgage loans, home equity lines of credit, and commercial real estate loans.  In addition, the Company pledges as collateral its capital stock in the FHLB and deposits with the FHLB.  The Company has a line of credit with the FHLB equal to 30% of the Company's assets, subject to the amount of collateral pledged.  As of December 31, 2014, $418,087,000 in eligible collateral was pledged under the blanket floating lien agreement which covers both short-term and long-term borrowings.

 Long-term borrowings consisted of the following fixed rate, advances as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in thousands):

 
2014
 
2013
 
Due by
Advance Amount
   
Weighted Average Rate
 
Due by
Advance Amount
   
Weighted Average Rate
 
               
November 30, 2017
 
$
9,935
     
2.98
%
March  2014
 
$
38
     
3.78
%
     
9,935
     
2.98
%
November 30, 2017
   
9,913
     
2.98
%
                 
     
 
$
9,951
     
2.99
%

The advance due in November 2017 is net of a fair value discount of $65,000. The original discount recorded on July 1, 2011 was a result of the merger with MidCarolina. The adjustment to the face value will be amortized into interest expense over the life of the borrowing.

In the regular course of conducting its business, the Company takes deposits from political subdivisions of the states of Virginia and North Carolina. At December 31, 2014, the Bank's public deposits totaled $128,116,000. The Company is required to provide collateral to secure the deposits that exceed the insurance coverage provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This collateral can be provided in the form of certain types of government or agency bonds or letters of credit from the FHLB. At December 31, 2014, the Company had $70,000,000 in letters of credit with the FHLB outstanding as well as $109,532,622 in agency, state, and municipal securities to provide collateral for such deposits.

Note 12 – Trust Preferred Capital Notes

On April 7, 2006, AMNB Statutory Trust I, a Delaware statutory trust and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, issued $20,000,000 of preferred securities in a private placement pursuant to an applicable exemption from registration.  The Trust Preferred Securities mature on September 30, 2036, but may be redeemed at the Company's option beginning on June 30, 2011.  Initially, the securities required quarterly distributions by the trust to the holder of the Trust Preferred Securities at a fixed rate of 6.66%.  Effective June 30, 2011, the rate resets quarterly at the three-month LIBOR plus 1.35%.  Distributions are cumulative and will accrue from the date of original issuance, but may be deferred by the Company from time to time for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods.  The Company has guaranteed the payment of all required distributions on the Trust Preferred Securities.

79

The proceeds of the Trust Preferred Securities received by the trust, along with proceeds of $619,000 received by the trust from the issuance of common securities by the trust to the Company, were used to purchase $20,619,000 of the Company's junior subordinated debt securities (the "Trust Preferred Capital Notes"), issued pursuant to a junior subordinated debentures entered into between the Company and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee.  The proceeds of the Trust Preferred Capital Notes were used to fund the cash portion of the merger consideration to the former shareholders of Community First in connection with the Company's acquisition of that company, and for general corporate purposes.

On July 1, 2011, in connection with the MidCarolina merger, the Company assumed $8,764,000 in junior subordinated debentures to the MidCarolina Trusts, to fully and unconditionally guarantee the preferred securities issued by the MidCarolina Trusts. These long-term obligations, which currently qualify as Tier 1 capital, constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company of the MidCarolina Trusts' obligations. The MidCarolina Trusts are not consolidated in the Company's financial statements.

In accordance with ASC 810-10-15-14, "Consolidation – Overall - Scope and Scope Exceptions," the Company did not eliminate through consolidation the Company's $619,000 equity investment in AMNB Statutory Trust I or the $264,000 equity investment in the MidCarolina Trusts.  Instead, the Company reflected this equity investment in the "Accrued interest receivable and other assets" line item in the consolidated balance sheets.

A description of the junior subordinated debt securities outstanding payable to the trusts is shown below (dollars in thousands):

            
Principal Amount
 
Issuing Entity
Date Issued
Interest Rate
Maturity Date
 
December 31, 2014
   
December 31, 2013
 
               
AMNB Trust I
04/07/06
Libor plus 1.35%
06/30/36
 
$
20,619
   
$
20,619
 
                       
                       
MidCarolina Trust I
10/29/02
Libor plus 3.45%
11/07/32
   
4,154
     
4,098
 
                       
                       
MidCarolina Trust II
12/03/03
Libor plus 3.45%
10/07/33
   
2,748
     
2,702
 
                       
                       
 
          
$
27,521
   
$
27,419
 

The principal amounts reflected for the MidCarolina Trusts are net of valuation allowances of $1,001,000 and $861,000 respectively. The original valuation allowances of $1,197,000 and $1,021,000 were recorded as a result of the merger with MidCarolina on July 1, 2011 and are being amortized into interest expense over the remaining lives of the respective borrowings.

Note 13 – Stock-Based Compensation

The Company's 2008 Stock Incentive Plan ("2008 Plan") was adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company on February 19, 2008 and approved by shareholders on April 22, 2008 at the Company's 2008 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.  The 2008 Plan provides for the granting of restricted stock awards, incentive and non-statutory options to employees and directors on a periodic basis, at the discretion of the Board of Directors or a Board designated committee. The 2008 Plan authorizes the issuance of up to 500,000 shares of common stock. The 2008 Plan replaced the Company's stock option plan that was approved by the shareholders at the 1997 Annual Meeting, which plan terminated in 2006.

80

Stock Options

Accounting guidance requires that compensation cost relating to share-based payment transactions be recognized in the financial statements with measurement based upon the fair value of the equity or liability instruments issued.

A summary of stock option transactions for the year ended December 31, 2014 is as follows:

 
 
Option
Shares
   
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
($000)
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2013
   
176,747
   
$
24.39
 
 
 
Granted
   
-
     
-
 
 
 
Exercised
   
26,000
     
17.00
 
 
 
Forfeited
   
-
     
-
 
 
 
Expired
   
39,800
     
24.50
 
 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2014
   
110,947
   
$
26.08
 
2.80 years
 
$
171
 
Exercisable at December 31, 2014
   
110,947
   
$
26.08
 
2.80 years
 
$
171
 

The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the amount by which the current market value of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price of the option) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2014.  This amount changes based on changes in the market value of the Company's common stock.

The total proceeds of the in-the-money options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 were $442,000, $309,000, and $118,000, respectively.  Total intrinsic value of options exercised during years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 was $178,000, $75,000, and $33,000, respectively.

As of December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, there was no recognized or unrecognized compensation expense attributable to the outstanding stock options.

The following table summarizes information related to stock options outstanding on December 31, 2014:

Options Outstanding and Exercisable
 
Range of
Exercise Prices
   
Number of
Outstanding
Options
   
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
   
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
 
$
16.00 to $20.00
     
11,000
   
      4.02 yrs
   
$
16.82
 
 
20.01 to 25.00
     
33,660
   
4.00
     
22.36
 
 
25.01 to 30.00
     
23,925
   
3.55
     
25.81
 
 
30.01 to 41.67
     
42,362
   
1.10
     
31.59
 
         
110,947
   
       2.80 yrs
   
$
26.08
 

No stock options were granted in 2014 and 2013.

Restricted Stock

The Company from time-to-time grants shares of restricted stock to key employees and non-employee directors.  These awards help align the interests of these employees and directors with the interests of the shareholders of the Company by providing economic value directly related to increases in the value of the Company's common stock.  The value of the stock awarded is established as the fair market value of the stock at the time of the grant.  The Company recognizes expense, equal to the total value of such awards, ratably over the vesting period of the stock grants. Restricted stock granted in 2014 cliff vests over 24 to 36 months based on the term of the award.

81

Nonvested restricted stock activity for the year ended December 31, 2014 is summarized in the following table:

Restricted Stock
 
Shares
   
Weighted
Average Grant
Date Value
 
         
Nonvested at January 1, 2014
   
33,350
   
$
19.77
 
Granted
   
13,814
   
$
24.09
 
Vested
   
5,602
   
$
18.39
 
Forfeited
   
-
     
-
 
Nonvested at December 31, 2014
   
41,562
   
$
21.39
 

As of December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, there were $327,000, $337,000, and $346,000, respectively, in unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested restricted stock granted under the 2008 Plan.  This cost is expected to be recognized over the next 12 to 30 months.  The share based compensation expense for nonvested restricted stock was $342,000, $292,000, and $352,000 during 2014, 2013, and 2012 respectively.

Starting in 2010, the Company began offering its outside directors alternatives with respect to director compensation. For 2014, the monthly board retainer could be received in the form of either (i) $1,000 in cash or (ii) shares of immediately vested, but restricted stock, with a market value of $1,563. Monthly meeting fees can also be received as $600 per meeting in cash or $750 in immediately vested, but restricted stock.  For 2014, all 13 outside directors elected to receive stock in lieu of cash for their monthly retainer board meeting fees. Only outside directors receive board fees. The Company issued 13,147, 12,711, and 17,908 shares and recognized share based compensation expense of $298,000, $282,000, and $381,000 during 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Note 14 – Income Taxes

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and the states of Virginia and North Carolina.  With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state, and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2011.

The components of the Company's net deferred tax assets (liabilities) were as follows (dollars in thousands):

   
December 31,
 
   
2014
   
2013
 
Deferred tax assets:
       
Allowance for loan losses
 
$
4,350
   
$
4,410
 
Nonaccrual loan interest
   
449
     
363
 
Other real estate owned valuation allowance
   
1,384
     
1,420
 
Deferred compensation
   
641
     
665
 
Loans (1)
   
3,953
     
5,390
 
Other
   
725
     
543
 
Total deferred tax assets
   
11,502
     
12,791
 

Deferred tax liabilities:
       
Depreciation
   
759
     
1,021
 
Accretion of discounts on securities
   
274
     
210
 
Core deposit intangibles
   
716
     
1,105
 
Net unrealized gains on securities
   
3,148
     
1,927
 
Prepaid pension expense
   
83
     
656
 
Trust preferred fair value adjustment
   
652
     
687
 
Other
   
208
     
253
 
Total deferred tax liabilities
   
5,840
     
5,859
 
Net deferred tax assets
 
$
5,662
   
$
6,932
 
                 
(1) Fair value adjustments related to acquisition
               

82

The provision for income taxes consists of the following (dollars in thousands):

 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
Taxes currently payable
 
$
5,153
   
$
4,030
   
$
736
 
Deferred tax expense
   
49
     
2,024
     
5,557
 
Total income tax expense
 
$
5,202
   
$
6,054
   
$
6,293
 

 A reconcilement of the "expected" Federal income tax expense to reported income tax expense is as follows (dollars in thousands):

   
Years Ended December 31,
 
   
2014
   
2013
   
2012
 
Expected federal tax expense
 
$
6,280
   
$
7,630
   
$
7,805
 
Nondeductible interest expense
   
63
     
77
     
97
 
Tax-exempt interest
   
(1,370
)
   
(1,491
)
   
(1,545
)
State income taxes
   
405
     
254
     
214
 
Other, net
   
(176
)
   
(416
)
   
(278
)
Total income tax expense
 
$
5,202
   
$
6,054
   
$
6,293
 

Note 15 – Earnings Per Common Share

The following shows the weighted average number of shares used in computing earnings per common share and the effect on weighted average number of shares of potentially dilutive common stock.  Potentially dilutive common stock had no effect on income available to common shareholders.

   
Years Ended December 31,
 
   
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
   
Shares
 
Per Share
Amount
 
Shares
 
Per Share
Amount
 
Shares
 
Per Share
Amount
 
Basic earnings per share
   
7,867,198
   
$
1.62
     
7,872,870
   
$
2.00
     
7,834,351
   
$
2.04
 
Effect of dilutive securities - stock options
   
10,378
     
-
     
11,691
     
-
     
11,301
     
-
 
Diluted earnings per share
   
7,877,576
   
$
1.62
     
7,884,561
   
$
2.00
     
7,845,652
   
$
2.04
 

Outstanding stock options on common stock which were not included in computing diluted earnings per share in 2014, 2013, and 2012 because their effects were antidilutive, averaged 117,843 shares, 161,831 shares, and 196,394 shares, respectively.

Note 16 – Off-Balance Sheet Activities

The Company is party to credit-related financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers.  These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit.  Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  The Company evaluates each customer's credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis.  The amount of collateral obtained, if applicable, is based on management's credit evaluation of the customer.

The Company's exposure to credit loss is represented by the contractual amount of these commitments.  The Company follows the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.

The following off-balance sheet financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk were outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in thousands):

 
December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
     
Commitments to extend credit
 
$
190,413
   
$
179,272
 
Standby letters of credit
   
3,333
     
3,405
 
Mortgage loan rate lock commitments
   
3,372
     
5,913
 

83

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. These commitments generally consist of unused portions of lines of credit issued to customers. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee.  Since some of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party.  Those letters of credit are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements.  The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers.

At December 31, 2014, the Company had locked-rate commitments to originate mortgage loans amounting to approximately $3,372,000 and loans held for sale of $616,000. Risks arise from the possible inability of counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts, though the Company has never experienced a failure of one of its counterparties to perform.  If a loan becomes past due 90 days within 180 days of sale, the Company would be required to repurchase the loan.

Note 17 – Related Party Transactions

In the ordinary course of business, loans are granted to executive officers, directors, and their related entities.  Management believes that all such loans are made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans to similar, unrelated borrowers, and do not involve more than a normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features.  As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, none of these loans were restructured, past due, or on nonaccrual status.


An analysis of these loans for 2014 is as follows (dollars in thousands):

Balance at December 31, 2013
 
$
19,227
 
Additions
   
9,563
 
Repayments
   
(13,258
)
Balance at December 31, 2014
 
$
15,532
 

Related party deposits totaled $22,088,000 at December 31, 2014 and $28,462,000 at December 31, 2013.

Note 18 – Employee Benefit Plans

Defined Benefit Plan

The Company previously maintained a non-contributory defined benefit pension plan which covered substantially all employees who were 21 years of age or older and who had at least one year of service.  The Company froze its pension plan to new participants and converted its pension plan to a cash balance plan effective December 31, 2009.  Each year existing participants will receive, with some adjustments, income based on the yield of the 10 year U.S. Treasury Note in December of the preceding year.

84

Information pertaining to the activity in the plan is as follows (dollars in thousands):

   
As of and for the Years Ended December 31,
 
   
2014
   
2013
   
2012
 
Change in Benefit Obligation:
           
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year
 
$
8,996
   
$
10,931
   
$
9,769
 
Service cost
   
-
     
-
     
-
 
Interest cost
   
304
     
288
     
389
 
Actuarial (gain) loss
   
1,606
     
(201
)
   
1,289
 
Benefits paid
   
(196
)
   
(2,022
)
   
(516
)
Projected benefit obligation at end of year
   
10,710
     
8,996
     
10,931
 
                         
Change in Plan Assets:
                       
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
   
10,870
     
11,689
     
11,144
 
Actual return on plan assets
   
274
     
1,203
     
1,061
 
Benefits paid
   
(196
)
   
(2,022
)
   
(516
)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
   
10,948
     
10,870
     
11,689
 
                         
Funded Status at End of Year
 
$
239
   
$
1,874
   
$
758
 
                         
Amounts Recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
                       
Other assets
 
$
239
   
$
1,874
   
$
758
 
                         
Amounts Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
                       
Net actuarial loss
 
$
3,356
   
$
1,628
   
$
3,389
 
Deferred income tax asset
   
(1,175
)
   
(570
)
   
(1,186
)
Amount recognized
 
$
2,181
   
$
1,058
   
$
2,203
 
                         
   
As of and for the Years Ended December 31,
 
     
2014
     
2013
     
2012
 
Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost
                       
Service cost
 
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
 
Interest cost
   
304
     
288
     
389
 
Expected return on plan assets
   
(469
)
   
(513
)
   
(541
)
Recognized net loss due to settlement
   
-
     
594
     
128
 
Recognized net actuarial loss
   
73
     
275
     
332
 
Net periodic benefit cost
 
$
(92
)
 
$
644
   
$
308
 

             
Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive (Income) Loss
           
Net actuarial (gain) loss
 
$
1,728
   
$
(1,761
)
 
$
309
 
Amortization of prior service cost
   
-
     
-
     
-
 
Total recognized in other comprehensive (income) loss
 
$
1,728
   
$
(1,761
)
 
$
309
 
                         
Total Recognized in Net Periodic Benefit Cost and Other Comprehensive  (Income) Loss
 
$
1,636
   
$
(1,117
)
 
$
617
 


 
As of and for the Years Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Weighted-Average Assumptions at End of Year
               
Discount rate used for net periodic pension cost
 
4.00 %
 
 
3.00 %
 
 
3.75 %
Discount rate used for disclosure
 
3.25 %
 
 
4.00 %
 
 
3.00 %
Expected return on plan assets
 
5.00 %
 
 
5.00 %
 
 
5.00 %
Rate of compensation increase
 
N/A
 
 
N/A
 
 
N/A

85

The accumulated benefit obligation as of December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 was $10,710,000, $8,996,000, and $10,931,000, respectively.  The rate of compensation increase is no longer applicable since the defined benefit plan was converted to a cash balance plan.

The plan sponsor selected the expected long-term rate-of-return-on-assets assumption in consultation with their investment advisors and actuary.  This rate was intended to reflect the average rate of earnings expected to be earned on the funds invested or to be invested to provide plan benefits.  Historical performance is reviewed, especially with respect to real rates of return (net of inflation), for the major asset classes held or anticipated to be held by the trust, and for the trust itself.  Undue weight is not given to recent experience that may not continue over the measurement period, with higher significance placed on current forecasts of future long-term economic conditions.

Because assets are held in a qualified trust, anticipated returns are not reduced for taxes.  Further, solely for this purpose, the plan is assumed to continue in force and not terminate during the period in which assets are invested.  However, consideration is given to the potential impact of current and future investment policy, cash flow into and out of the trust, and expenses (both investment and non-investment) typically paid from plan assets (to the extent such expenses are not explicitly estimated within periodic cost).

Below is a description of the plan's assets.  The plan's weighted-average asset allocations by asset category are as follows as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:

Asset Category
December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
     
Fixed Income
   
47.6
%
   
33.3
%
Equity
   
25.2
%
   
13.5
%
Mutual Funds
   
-
%
   
49.8
%
Cash and Accrued Income
   
27.2
%
   
3.4
%
Total
   
100.0
%
   
100.0
%

The investment policy and strategy for plan assets can best be described as a growth and income strategy.  Diversification is accomplished by limiting the holding of any one equity issuer to no more than 5% of total equities.  Exchange traded funds are used to provide diversified exposure to the small capitalization and international equity markets.  All fixed income investments are rated as investment grade, with the majority of these assets invested in corporate issues.  The assets are managed by the Company's Trust and Investment Services Division.  No derivatives are used to manage the assets.  Equity securities do not include holdings in the Company.

The fair value of the Company's pension plan assets at December 31, 2014 and 2013, by asset category are as follows (dollars in thousands):

       
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2014 Using
 
   
Balance at
December 31,
   
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
   
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
   
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
 
Asset Category
 
2014
   
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
 
                 
Cash
 
$
2,978
   
$
2,978
   
$
-
   
$
-
 
Fixed income securities
                               
Government sponsored entities
   
2,824
     
-
     
2,824
     
-
 
Municipal bonds and notes
   
172
     
-
     
172
     
-
 
Corporate bonds and notes
   
2,216
     
-
     
2,216
     
-
 
Mutual funds
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Equity securities
                               
U.S. companies
   
2,384
     
2,384
     
-
     
-
 
Foreign companies
   
374
     
374
     
-
     
-
 
   
$
10,948
   
$
5,736
   
$
5,212
   
$
-
 


86

       
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2013 Using
 
   
Balance at
December 31,
   
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
   
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
   
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
 
Asset Category
 
2013
   
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
 
                 
Cash
 
$
369
   
$
369
   
$
-
   
$
-
 
Fixed income securities
                               
Government sponsored entities
   
1,159
     
-
     
1,159
     
-
 
Municipal bonds and notes
   
119
     
-
     
119
         
Corporate bonds and notes
   
2,339
     
-
     
2,339
     
-
 
Mutual funds
   
5,415
     
-
     
5,415
     
-
 
Equity securities
                           
-
 
U.S. companies
   
1,454
     
1,454
     
-
     
-
 
Foreign companies
   
15
     
15
     
-
     
-
 
   
$
10,870
   
$
1,838
   
$
9,032
   
$
-
 

Projected benefit payments for the years 2015 to 2024 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

Year
 
Amount
 
2015
 
$
3,375
 
2016
   
304
 
2017
   
360
 
2018
   
536
 
2019
   
1,014
 
2020-2024
   
3,180
 

401(k) Plan

The Company maintains a 401(k) plan that covers substantially all full-time employees of the Company. The Company matches a portion of the contribution made by employee participants after at least one year of service. The Company contributed $521,000, $542,000, and $568,000 to the 401(k) plan in 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. These amounts are included in employee benefits expense for the respective years.

Deferred Compensation Arrangements

The Company maintains deferred compensation agreements with certain current and former employees providing for annual payments to each ranging from $25,000 to $50,000 per year for ten years upon their retirement.  The liabilities under these agreements are being accrued over the officers' remaining periods of employment so that, on the date of their retirement, the then-present value of the annual payments would have been accrued.  The expense for these agreements was $10,000, $13,000, and $15,000 for the years 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.
 
Profit Sharing and Incentive Arrangements

The Company maintains a cash profit sharing plan for full-time employees based on the Company's performance and a cash incentive compensation plan for officers based on the Company's performance and individual officer goals.  The total amount charged to salary expense for these plans was $851,000, $890,000, and $1,086,000 for the years 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.

Note 19 – Fair Value Measurements

Determination of Fair Value

The Company uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. In accordance with the fair value measurements and disclosures topic of FASB ASC, the fair value of a financial instrument is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is best determined based upon quoted market prices. However, in many instances, there are no quoted market prices for the Company's various financial instruments. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. Accordingly, the fair value estimates may not be realized in an immediate settlement of the instrument.

87

The fair value guidance provides a consistent definition of fair value, which focuses on exit price in an orderly transaction (that is, not a forced liquidation or distressed sale) between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. If there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability, a change in valuation technique or the use of multiple valuation techniques may be appropriate. In such instances, determining the price at which willing market participants would transact at the measurement date under current market conditions depends on the facts and circumstances and requires the use of significant judgment. The fair value is a reasonable point within the range that is most representative of fair value under current market conditions.

Fair Value Hierarchy

In accordance with this guidance, the Company groups its financial assets and financial liabilities generally measured at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value.

Level 1 – Valuation is based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.

Level 2 – Valuation is based on observable inputs including quoted prices in active markets for similar assets and liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in less active markets, and model-based valuation techniques for which significant assumptions can be derived primarily from or corroborated by observable data in the market.

Level 3 – Valuation is based on model-based techniques that use one or more significant inputs or assumptions that are unobservable in the market.

The following describes the valuation techniques used by the Company to measure certain financial assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis in the financial statements:

Securities available for sale: Securities available for sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value measurement is based upon quoted market prices, when available (Level 1). If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are measured utilizing independent valuation techniques of identical or similar securities for which significant assumptions are derived primarily from or corroborated by observable market data. Third party vendors compile prices from various sources and may determine the fair value of identical or similar securities by using pricing models that consider observable market data (Level 2).

In mid-2013, the Company purchased $1,000,000 in convertible preferred stock from a Virginia based, publicly traded community bank. There is no secondary market for this bank's preferred stock; however its common stock is traded on a limited basis in the over the counter market. The Company uses an independent third party to assist in the valuation of these securities.  Given the convertible nature of the securities, the common stock of the issuing community bank is used as a proxy for the preferred stock value.  This is the only security recorded with a Level 3 valuation at December 31, 2014.
The following table presents the balances of financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis during the period (dollars in thousands):

   
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2014 Using
 
 
Balance as of
December 31,
 
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
 
Significant
Unobservable I
nputs
 
Description
2014
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Assets:
       
Securities available for sale:
       
Federal agencies and GSEs
 
$
82,106
   
$
2,995
   
$
79,111
   
$
-
 
Mortgage-backed and CMOs
   
57,425
     
-
     
57,425
     
-
 
State and municipal
   
195,493
     
1,172
     
194,321
     
-
 
Corporate
   
8,379
     
-
     
8,379
     
-
 
Equity securities
   
1,313
     
-
     
-
     
1,313
 
Total
 
$
344,716
   
$
4,167
   
$
339,236
   
$
1,313
 

88

   
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2013 Using
 
 
Balance as of
December 31,
 
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
 
Description
2013
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Assets:
       
Securities available for sale:
       
Federal agencies and GSEs
 
$
65,881
   
$
-
   
$
65,881
   
$
-
 
Mortgage-backed and CMOs
   
69,608
     
-
     
69,608
     
-
 
State and municipal
   
198,733
     
-
     
198,733
     
-
 
Corporate
   
10,799
     
-
     
10,799
     
-
 
   Equity Securities
   
1,103
     
-
     
-
     
1,103
 
Total
 
$
346,124
   
$
-
   
$
345,021
   
$
1,103
 


 
Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
 
 
Balances as of January 1, 2014
 
Total Realized / Unrealized Gains
(Losses) Included in
 
Purchases, Sales, Issuances and Settlements, Net
 
Transfer In (Out) of Level 3
 
Balances as of December 31, 2014
 
Net Income
 
Other Comprehensive Income
 
Securities available for sale:
           
             
Equity
 
$
1,103
   
$
-
   
$
210
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
1,313
 
Total assets
 
$
1,103
   
$
-
   
$
210
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
1,313
 

Certain assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP. Adjustments to the fair value of these assets usually result from the application of lower-of-cost-or-market accounting or write-downs of individual assets.

The following describes the valuation techniques used by the Company to measure certain assets recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in the financial statements:

Loans held for sale: Loans held for sale are carried at fair value. These loans currently consist of one-to-four family residential loans originated for sale in the secondary market. Fair value is based on the price secondary markets are currently offering for similar loans using observable market data which is not materially different than cost due to the short duration between origination and sale (Level 2). As such, the Company records any fair value adjustments on a nonrecurring basis. No nonrecurring fair value adjustments were recorded on loans held for sale during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. Gains and losses on the sale of loans are recorded within income from mortgage banking on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Impaired loans: Loans are designated as impaired when, in the judgment of management based on current information and events, it is probable that all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreements will not be collected.  The measurement of loss associated with impaired loans can be based on either the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral.  Collateral may be in the form of real estate or business assets including equipment, inventory, and accounts receivable.  The vast majority of the Company's collateral is real estate.  The value of real estate collateral is determined utilizing a market valuation approach based on an appraisal, of one year or less, conducted by an independent, licensed appraiser using observable market data (Level 2).  However, if the collateral is a house or building in the process of construction or if an appraisal of the property is more than one year old and not solely based on observable market comparable or management determines the fair value of the collateral is further impaired below the appraised value, then a Level 3 valuation is considered to measure the fair value.  The value of business equipment is based upon an outside appraisal, of one year or less, if deemed significant, or the net book value on the applicable business's financial statements if not considered significant using observable market data.  Likewise, values for inventory and accounts receivables collateral are based on financial statement balances or aging reports (Level 3).  Impaired loans allocated to the allowance for loan losses are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.  Any fair value adjustments are recorded in the period incurred as provision for loan losses on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

89

Other real estate owned:  Measurement for fair values for other real estate owned are the same as impaired loans.  Any fair value adjustments are recorded in the period incurred as a valuation allowance against other real estate owned with the associated expense included in foreclosed real estate expense on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

The following table summarizes the Company's assets that were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis during the period (dollars in thousands):

   
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2014 Using
 
 
Balance as of
December 31,
 
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
 
Description
2014
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Assets:
       
Loans held for sale
 
$
616
   
$
-
   
$
616
   
$
-
 
Impaired loans, net of valuation allowance
   
1,705
     
-
     
-
     
1,705
 
Other real estate owned
   
2,119
     
-
     
-
     
2,119
 

   
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2013 Using
 
 
Balance as of
December 31,
 
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
 
Description
2013
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Assets:
       
Loans held for sale
 
$
2,760
   
$
-
   
$
2,760
   
$
-
 
Impaired loans, net of valuation allowance
   
3,193
     
-
     
-
     
3,193
 
Other real estate owned
   
3,422
     
-
     
-
     
3,422
 


Quantitative Information About Level 3 Fair Value Measurements as of  December 31, 2014:
 
Assets
 
Valuation Technique
 
Unobservable Input
 
Weighted
Rate
 
       
 
 
Securities available for sale
 
Third party model based techniques
 
Stock price in different rate environments
 
31%
         
 
 
Impaired loans
 
Discounted appraised value
 
Selling cost
 
6%
Impaired loans
 
Discounted cash flow analysis
 
Market rate for borrower (discount rate)
 
4 %
             
Other real estate owned
 
Discounted appraised value
 
Selling cost
 
6%

90

Quantitative Information About Level 3 Fair Value Measurements as of  December 31, 2013:

Assets
 
Valuation Technique
 
Unobservable Input
 
Weighted
Rate
 
       
 
 
Securities available for sale
 
Third party model based techniques
 
Stock price in different rate environments
 
11 %
         
 
 
Impaired loans
 
Discounted appraised value
 
Selling cost
 
6 %
         
 
 
Other real estate owned
 
Discounted appraised value
 
Selling cost
 
6 %
Other real estate owned
 
Discounted appraised value
 
Discount for lack of marketability and age of appraisal
 
9 %

ASC 825, "Financial Instruments," requires disclosure about fair value of financial instruments for interim periods and excludes certain financial instruments and all non-financial instruments from its disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented may not necessarily represent the underlying fair value of the Company.


The carrying values and estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments as of December 31, 2014 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

   
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2014 Using
 
   
Carrying Value
   
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets
   
Significant Other Observable Inputs
   
Significant Unobservable Inputs
   
Fair Value
Balance
 
   
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
 
Financial Assets:
                   
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
67,303
   
$
67,303
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
67,303
 
Securities available for sale
   
344,716
     
4,167
     
339,236
     
1,313
     
344,716
 
Restricted stock
   
4,534
     
-
     
4,534
     
-
     
4,534
 
Loans held for sale
   
616
     
-
     
616
     
-
     
616
 
Loans, net of allowance
   
828,498
     
-
     
-
     
832,708
     
832,708
 
Bank owned life insurance
   
15,193
     
-
     
15,193
     
-
     
15,193
 
Accrued interest receivable
   
4,534
     
-
     
4,534
     
-
     
4,534
 
                                         
Financial Liabilities:
                                       
Deposits
 
$
1,075,837
   
$
-
   
$
712,019
   
$
365,310
   
$
1,077,329
 
Repurchase agreements
   
53,480
     
-
     
53,480
     
-
     
53,480
 
Other borrowings
   
9,935
     
-
     
-
     
10,432
     
10,432
 
Trust preferred capital notes
   
27,521
     
-
     
-
     
22,009
     
22,009
 
Accrued interest payable
   
587
     
-
     
587
     
-
     
587
 

91

                                                       The carrying values and estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments at December 31, 2013 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 
 
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2013 Using
 
 
 
Carrying Value
   
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets
   
Significant Other Observable Inputs
   
Significant Unobservable Inputs
   
Fair Value
Balance
 
 
 
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
 
Financial Assets:
                 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
67,681
   
$
67,681
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
67,681
 
Securities available for sale
   
346,124
     
-
     
345,021
     
1,103
     
346,124
 
Restricted stock
   
4,889
     
-
     
4,889
     
-
     
4,889
 
Loans held for sale
   
2,760
     
-
     
2,760
     
-
     
2,760
 
Loans, net of allowance
   
782,071
     
-
     
-
     
783,825
     
783,825
 
Bank owned life insurance
   
14,746
     
-
     
14,746
     
-
     
14,746
 
Accrued interest receivable
   
4,741
     
-
     
4,741
     
-
     
4,741
 
 
                                       
Financial Liabilities:
                                       
Deposits
 
$
1,057,675
   
$
-
   
$
668,077
   
$
392,991
   
$
1,061,068
 
Repurchase agreements
   
39,478
     
-
     
39,478
     
-
     
39,478
 
Other borrowings
   
9,951
     
-
     
-
     
10,560
     
10,560
 
Trust preferred capital notes
   
27,419
     
-
     
-
     
18,162
     
18,162
 
Accrued interest payable
   
610
     
-
     
610
     
-
     
610
 

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating fair value disclosures for financial instruments:

Cash and cash equivalents.  The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Securities.  Fair values are based on quoted market prices or dealer quotes.

Restricted stock.  The carrying value of restricted stock approximates fair value based on the redemption provisions of the respective entity.

Loans held for sale.  The carrying amount is at fair value.

Loans.  For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently and with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values.  Fair values for fixed-rate loans are estimated based upon discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality.  Fair values for nonperforming loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses or underlying collateral values, where applicable.

Bank owned life insurance. Bank owned life insurance represents insurance policies on officers, directors, and past directors of the Company.  The cash value of the policies are estimates using information provided by insurance carriers.  These policies are carried at their cash surrender value, which approximates the fair value.

Accrued interest receivable.  The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

92

Deposits.  The fair value of demand deposits, savings deposits, and money market deposits equals the carrying value. The fair value of fixed-rate certificates of deposit is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar deposit instruments would be offered to depositors for the same remaining maturities.

Repurchase agreements.  The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Other borrowings.  The fair values of other borrowings are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based on the interest rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

Trust preferred capital notes.  Fair value is calculated by discounting the future cash flows using the estimated current interest rates at which similar securities would be issued.

Accrued interest payable.  The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Off-balance sheet instruments.  The fair value of letters of credit is based on fees currently charged for similar agreements or on the estimated cost to terminate them or otherwise settle the obligations with the counterparties at the reporting date.  At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the fair value of off balance sheet instruments was deemed immaterial, and therefore was not included in the table above.  The various off-balance sheet instruments were discussed in Note 16.

The Company assumes interest rate risk (the risk that interest rates will change) in its normal operations.  As a result, the fair values of the Company's financial instruments will change when interest rates change and that change may be either favorable or unfavorable to the Company.

Note 20 – Dividend Restrictions and Regulatory Capital

The approval of the Comptroller of the Currency is required if the total of all dividends declared by a national bank in any calendar year exceeds the bank's retained net income, as defined, for that year combined with its retained net income for the preceding two calendar years.  Under this formula, the Bank can distribute as dividends to the Company, without the approval of the Comptroller of the Currency, $12,544,000 as of December 31, 2014.

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company's and the Bank's financial statements.  Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.  The capital amounts and classification are subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators concerning components, risk weighting, and other factors.  Prompt corrective action provisions are applicable to banks and not applicable to bank holding companies.

     The guidelines in effect for the periods reported, total capital is defined as core ("Tier 1") capital and supplementary ("Tier 2") capital less certain specified deductions from total capital such as reciprocal holdings of depository institution capital instruments and equity investments.  At least half of the total capital is required to be Tier 1 capital, which consists principally of common and certain qualifying preferred shareholders' equity (including trust preferred securities), less certain intangibles and other adjustments.  The remainder, Tier 2 capital, consists of cumulative preferred stock, long-term perpetual preferred stock, a limited amount of subordinated and other qualifying debt (including certain hybrid capital instruments) and a limited amount of the general loan loss allowance. The definition of assets has been modified to include items on and off the balance sheet, with each item being assigned a "risk-weight" for the determination of the ratio of capital to risk-adjusted assets.  Management believes, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, that the Company and the Bank met the requirements to be considered "well capitalized."

93

The following table provides summary information regarding regulatory capital (dollars in thousands):

   
Actual
   
Minimum
Capital
Requirement
 
To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
   
Amount
   
Ratio
   
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
   
Ratio
 
December 31, 2014
                     
Total Capital
                     
Company
 
$
168,495
     
17.86
%
 
$
75,490
 
>8.00 %
       
Bank
   
155,174
     
16.48
%
   
75,310
 
>8.00 %
 
$
94,137
     
10.00
%
                                           
Tier 1 Capital
                                         
Company
   
156,549
     
16.59
%
   
37,745
 
>4.00 %
               
Bank
   
143,397
     
15.23
%
   
37,655
 
>4.00 %
   
56,482
   
>6.00 %
 
                                           
Leverage Capital
                                         
Company
   
156,549
     
12.16
%
   
51,511
 
>4.00 %
               
Bank
   
143,397
     
11.15
%
   
51,434
 
>4.00 %
   
64,293
   
>5.00 %
 
                                           
December 31, 2013
                                         
Total Capital
                                         
Company
 
$
161,442
     
18.14
%
 
$
71,212
 
>8.00 %
               
Bank
   
156,356
     
17.59
%
   
71,129
 
>8.00 %
 
$
88,911
     
10.00
%
                                           
Tier 1 Capital
                                         
Company
   
150,248
     
16.88
%
   
35,606
 
>4.00 %
               
Bank
   
145,221
     
16.33
%
   
35,564
 
>4.00 %
   
53,347
   
>6.00 %
 
                                           
Leverage Capital
                                         
Company
   
150,248
     
11.81
%
   
50,900
 
>4.00 %
               
Bank
   
145,221
     
11.43
%
   
50,825
 
>4.00 %
   
63,532
   
>5.00 %
 

In July 2013, the federal banking agencies issued final rules that make technical changes to their capital rules to align them with the Basel III regulatory capital framework and meet certain requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act.  Effective January 1, 2015, the final rules require the Company and the Bank to comply with the following new minimum capital ratios: (i) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5% of risk-weighted assets; (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.0% of risk-weighted assets (increased from the prior requirement of 4.0%); (iii) a total capital ratio of 8.0% of risk-weighted assets (unchanged from prior requirement); and (iv) a leverage ratio of 4.0% of total assets (unchanged from the prior requirement).  These are the initial capital requirements, which will be phased in over a four-year period.  When fully phased in on January 1, 2019, the rules will require the Company and the Bank to maintain (i) a minimum ratio of common equity Tier 1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 4.5%, plus a 2.5% "capital conservation buffer" (which is added to the 4.5% common equity Tier 1 ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum ratio of common equity Tier 1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7.0% upon full implementation), (ii) a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6.0%, plus the 2.5% capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 6.0% Tier 1 capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5% upon full implementation), (iii) a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0%, plus the 2.5% capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 8.0% total capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum total capital ratio of 10.5% upon full implementation), and (iv) a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0%, calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to average assets.

The capital conservation buffer requirement will be phased in beginning January 1, 2016, at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets, increasing by the same amount each year until fully implemented at 2.5% on January 1, 2019.  The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress.  Banking institutions with a ratio of common equity Tier 1 to risk-weighted assets above the minimum but below the conservation buffer will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases, and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall.

If the new capital ratios described above had been effective as of December 31, 2014, based on management's interpretation and understanding of the new rules, the Company and the Bank would have remained "well capitalized" as of such date.

94


Note 21 – Segment and Related Information

The Company has two reportable segments, community banking and trust and investment services.

Community banking involves making loans to and generating deposits from individuals and businesses.  All assets and liabilities of the Company are allocated to community banking.  Investment income from securities is also allocated to the community banking segment.  Loan fee income, service charges from deposit accounts, and non-deposit fees such as automated teller machine fees and insurance commissions generate additional income for community banking.

Trust and investment services include estate planning, trust account administration, investment management, and retail brokerage.  Investment management services include purchasing equity, fixed income, and mutual fund investments for customer accounts. The trust and investment services division receives fees for investment and administrative services.

Amounts shown in the "Other" column include activities of the Company which are primarily debt service on trust preferred securities and corporate items.  Intersegment eliminations primarily consist of the Company's interest income on deposits held by the Bank.

Segment information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, is shown in the following table (dollars in thousands):

   
       
2014
         
(in thousands)
 
Community Banking
   
Trust and Investment Services
   
Other
   
Intersegment Eliminations
   
Total
 
Interest income
 
$
47,395
   
$
-
   
$
60
   
$
-
   
$
47,455
 
Interest expense
   
4,988
     
-
     
742
     
-
     
5,730
 
Noninterest income
   
6,317
     
4,840
     
19
     
-
     
11,176
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
   
15,953
     
3,012
     
(1,022
)
   
-
     
17,943
 
Net income (loss)
   
11,277
     
2,138
     
(674
)
   
-
     
12,741
 
Depreciation and amortization
   
2,791
     
11
     
-
     
-
     
2,802
 
Total assets
   
1,338,465
     
-
     
201,482
     
(193,455
)
   
1,346,492
 
Goodwill
   
39,043
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
39,043
 
Capital expenditures
   
1,046
     
3
     
-
     
-
     
1,049
 

   
   
   
2013
   
   
 
 
 
Community Banking
   
Trust and Investment Services
   
Other
   
Intersegment Eliminations
   
Total
 
Interest income
 
$
52,928
   
$
-
   
$
28
   
$
-
   
$
52,956
 
Interest expense
   
5,829
     
-
     
754
     
-
     
6,583
 
Noninterest income
   
6,649
     
4,158
     
20
     
-
     
10,827
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
   
20,142
     
2,605
     
(946
)
   
-
     
21,801
 
Net income (loss)
   
14,489
     
1,882
     
(624
)
   
-
     
15,747
 
Depreciation and amortization
   
3,220
     
15
     
-
     
-
     
3,235
 
Total assets
   
1,305,540
     
-
     
195,076
     
(193,104
)
   
1,307,512
 
Goodwill
   
39,043
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
39,043
 
Capital expenditures
   
861
     
4
     
-
     
-
     
865
 

   
   
   
2012
   
   
 
   
Community Banking
   
Trust and Investment Services
   
Other
   
Intersegment Eliminations
   
Total
 
Interest income
 
$
57,806
   
$
-
   
$
6
   
$
(6
)
 
$
57,806
 
Interest expense
   
7,334
     
-
     
813
     
(6
)
   
8,141
 
Noninterest income
   
7,255
     
4,136
     
19
     
-
     
11,410
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
   
21,051
     
2,380
     
(1,132
)
   
-
     
22,299
 
Net income (loss)
   
15,049
     
1,709
     
(752
)
   
-
     
16,006
 
Depreciation and amortization
   
3,677
     
19
     
-
     
-
     
3,696
 
Total assets
   
1,282,796
     
-
     
190,634
     
(189,743
)
   
1,283,687
 
Goodwill
   
39,043
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
39,043
 
Capital expenditures
   
699
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
699
 

95

Note 22 – Parent Company Financial Information

Condensed Parent Company financial information is as follows (dollars in thousands):

   
As of December 31,
 
Condensed Balance Sheets
 
2014
   
2013
 
         
Cash
 
$
10,980
   
$
2,872
 
Investment in subsidiaries
   
188,829
     
190,759
 
Due from subsidiaries
   
347
     
322
 
Other assets
   
1,326
     
1,123
 
Total Assets
 
$
201,482
   
$
195,076
 
                 
Trust preferred capital notes
 
$
27,521
   
$
27,419
 
Other liabilities
   
181
     
106
 
Shareholders' equity
   
173,780
     
167,551
 
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
 
$
201,482
   
$
195,076
 


   
Years Ended December 31,
 
Condensed Statements of Income
 
2014
   
2013
   
2012
 
             
Dividends from subsidiary
 
$
17,000
   
$
9,000
   
$
8,000
 
Other income
   
79
     
48
     
27
 
Expenses
   
1,100
     
994
     
1,159
 
Income taxes (benefit)
   
(347
)
   
(322
)
   
(380
)
Income before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary
   
16,326
     
8,376
     
7,248
 
Equity in (distributed) undistributed earnings of subsidiary
   
(3,585
)
   
7,371
     
8,758
 
Net Income
 
$
12,741
   
$
15,747
   
$
16,006
 


   
Years Ended December 31,
 
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
 
2014
   
2013
   
2012
 
Cash provided by dividends received from subsidiary
 
$
17,000
   
$
9,000
   
$
8,000
 
Cash used for payment of dividends
   
(7,237
)
   
(7,248
)
   
(7,212
)
Cash used for repurchase of stock
   
(1,508
)
   
-
     
-
 
Proceeds from exercise of options and stock compensation
   
1,089
     
883
     
856
 
Other
   
(1,236
)
   
(2,051
)
   
(1,326
)
Net increase (decrease)  in cash
 
$
8,108
   
$
584
   
$
318
 

96

Note 23 – Concentrations of Credit Risk

Substantially all the Company's loans are made within its market area, which includes Southern and Central Virginia and the northern portion of Central North Carolina.  The ultimate collectibility of the Company's loan portfolio and the ability to realize the value of any underlying collateral, if necessary, are impacted by the economic conditions and real estate values of the market area.

Loans secured by real estate were $708,703,000, or 84.3% of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2014, and $666,152,000, or 83.8% of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2013.  Loans secured by commercial real estate represented the largest portion of loans at $391,472,000 at December 31, 2014 and $364,616,000 at December 31, 2013, 46.6% and 45.9%, respectively of total loans.  While there were no concentrations of loans to any individual, group of individuals, business, or industry that exceeded 10% of total loans at December 31, 2014 or 2013, loans to lessors of nonresidential buildings represented 16.7% of total loans at December 31, 2014 and 11.8% at December 31, 2013; the lessees and lessors are engaged in a variety of industries.

Note 24 – Supplemental Cash Flow Information

(dollars in thousands)
 
For the Years ended December 31,
 
   
2014
   
2013
   
2012
 
             
Supplemental Schedule of Cash and Cash Equivalents:
           
Cash and due from banks
 
$
29,272
   
$
19,808
   
$
20,435
 
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks
   
38,031
     
47,873
     
27,007
 
   
$
67,303
   
$
67,681
   
$
47,442
 
                         
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:
                       
Cash paid for:
                       
Interest on deposits and borrowed funds
 
$
5,753
   
$
6,728
   
$
8,243
 
Income taxes
   
4,371
     
4,530
     
584
 
Noncash investing and financing activities:
                       
Transfer of loans to other real estate owned
   
386
     
1,826
     
6,983
 
Unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale
   
3,488
     
(9,571
)
   
1,489
 
Change in unfunded pension liability
   
(1,728
)
   
(1,761
)
   
309
 
                         


Note 25 – Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income ("AOCI")

Changes in each component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) were as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
   
Net Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
on Securities
   
Adjustments
Related to
Pension
Benefits
   
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 
             
Balance at December 31, 2011
 
$
8,832
   
$
(2,002
)
 
$
6,830
 
                         
Net unrealized gains on securities available for sale, net of tax, $576
   
1,071
     
-
     
1,071
 
                         
Reclassification adjustment for losses on securities, net of tax, $(55)
   
(103
)
   
-
     
(103
)
                         
Change in unfunded pension liability, net of tax, $(108)
   
-
     
(201
)
   
(201
)
                         
Balance at December 31, 2012
   
9,800
     
(2,203
)
   
7,597
 
                         
Net unrealized losses on securities available for sale,  net of tax, $(3,282)
   
(6,097
)
   
-
     
(6,097
)
                         
Reclassification adjustment for gains on securities, net of tax, $(67)
   
(125
)
   
-
     
(125
)
                         
Change in unfunded pension liability, net of tax, $616
   
-
     
1,145
     
1,145
 
                         
Balance at December 31, 2013
   
3,578
     
(1,058
)
   
2,520
 
                         
Net unrealized gains on securities available for sale,  net of tax, $1,398
   
2,595
     
-
     
2,595
 
                         
Reclassification adjustment for gains on securities, net of tax, $(177)
   
(328
)
   
-
     
(328
)
                         
Change in unfunded pension liability, net of tax, $(605)
   
-
     
(1,123
)
   
(1,123
)
                         
Balance at December 31, 2014
 
$
5,845
   
$
(2,181
)
 
$
3,664
 
 
97

The following table provides information regarding reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (dollars in thousands):

Reclassifications Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
For the Three Years Ending December 31, 2014

Details about AOCI Components
Amount Reclassified from AOCI
 
Affected Line Item in the Statement of Where Net Income is Presented
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
Available for sale securities:
 
 
 
    
Realized gain on sale of securities
 
$
505
   
$
192
   
$
158
 
Securities gains (losses), net
 
   
(177
)
   
(67
)
   
(55
)
Income taxes
Total reclassifications
 
$
328
   
$
125
   
$
103
 
Net of tax

Note 26. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

       The Company's management has evaluated subsequent events through March 9, 2015, the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

Acquisition of MainStreet BankShares, Inc.
 
     On January 1, 2015, American National completed its acquisition of MainStreet BankShares, Inc. ("MainStreet"). The merger of MainStreet with and into American National was effected pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of August 24, 2014, between American National and MainStreet, and a related Plan of Merger. Immediately after the Merger, Franklin Community Bank, N.A., MainStreet's wholly-owned bank subsidiary, merged with and into American National Bank and Trust Company, American National's wholly-owned bank subsidiary. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, holders of shares of MainStreet common stock have a right to receive $3.46 in cash and 0.482 shares of American National common stock for each share of MainStreet common stock held immediately prior to the effective date of the Merger, plus cash in lieu of fractional shares. Each option to purchase shares of MainStreet common stock that was outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of the Merger vested upon the Merger and was converted into an option to purchase shares of American National common stock, adjusted based on a 0.643 exchange ratio. Each share of American National common stock outstanding immediately prior to the Merger remained outstanding and was unaffected by the Merger. The cash portion of the merger consideration was funded through a cash dividend of $6 million from American National Bank to American National, and no borrowing was incurred by American National or American National Bank in connection with the Merger.

      The transaction was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and consideration exchanged were recorded at estimated fair values on the acquisition date. Fair values are preliminary and subject to refinement for up to one year after the closing date of the acquisition. The following table provides a preliminary assessment of the assets purchased, liabilities assumed and the consideration transferred (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data):

98

Preliminary Schedule of consideration paid, and the fair value of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed

Consideration Paid:
 
 
Common shares issued (825,586)
   $
20,483
 
Cash paid to Shareholders
   
5,935
 
Value of consideration
   
26,418
 
 
       
Assets acquired:
       
Cash and cash equivalents
   
18,173
 
Investment securities
   
19,387
 
Loans, net of unearned income
   
115,141
 
Premises and equipment, net
   
1,401
 
Deferred income taxes
   
2,761
 
Core deposit intangible
   
1,839
 
Other real estate owned
   
168
 
Other assets
   
3,097
 
Total assets
   
161,967
 
 
       
Liabilities assumed:
       
Deposits
   
137,323
 
Other liabilities
   
3,001
 
Total Liabilities
   
140,324
 
Net assets acquired
   
21,643
 
Preliminary goodwill resulting from merger with MainStreet
   $
4,775
 

The estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date, presented in the table above, include some amounts that are based on preliminary fair value estimates. The following factors led to certain balances having preliminary fair value estimates:

· The Company engaged third party specialists to assist in valuing certain assets and liabilities and this work (including management's review and approval) is not yet complete;
· The proximity of the acquisition date (January 1, 2015) and the date that the Company's financial statements were issued (March 9, 2015); and
· The audit of MainStreet's opening balance sheet has not been completed.

In many cases, determining the fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities required the Company to estimate cash flows expected to result from those assets and liabilities and to discount those cash flows at appropriate rates of interest. The most significant of those determinations related to the fair valuation of acquired loans. For such loans, the excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is recognized as interest income over the remaining lives of the loans. The difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition reflects the impact of estimated credit losses and other factors, such as prepayments. In accordance with GAAP, there was no carry-over of MainStreet's previously established allowance for credit losses.

The acquired loans were divided into loans with evidence of credit quality deterioration which are accounted for under ASC 310-30, Receivables – Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality, (acquired impaired), and loans that do not meet this criteria, which are accounted for under ASC 310-20, Receivables – Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs, (acquired performing). In addition, the loans are further categorized into different loan pools per loan types. The Company determined expected cash flows on the acquired loans based on the best available information at the date of acquisition. If material new information is obtained about facts and circumstances about expected cash flows that existed as of the acquisition date, management will adjust accordingly in accordance with accounting for business combinations.

99

The fair values of the acquired performing loans were$ 105,874,000 and the fair values of the acquired impaired loans were $9,267,000. The gross contractually required principal and interest payments receivable for acquired performing loans was$ 131,865,000. The best estimate of contractual cash flows not expected to be collected related to the acquired performing loans is $7,104,000.

The following table presents the acquired impaired loans receivable at the acquisition date (dollars in thousands):

Contractually required principal and interest at acquisition
 
$
13,504
 
Contractual cash flows not expected to be collected (nonaccretable difference)
   
2,993
 
Expected cash flows at acquisition
   
10,511
 
Interest component of expected cash flows (accretable discount)
   
1,244
 
Fair value of acquired impaired loans accounted for under FASB ASC 310-30
 
$
9,267
 

The amounts of MainStreet's revenue and earnings included in the Company's Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended December 31, 2014, and the revenue and earnings of the combined entity had the acquisition date been January 1, 2013, are presented in the pro forma table below. These results combine the historical results of MainStreet into the Company's Consolidated Statement of Income, and while certain adjustments were made for the estimated impact of certain fair value adjustments and other acquisition-related activity, they are not indicative of what would have occurred had the acquisition taken place on January 1, 2012. In particular, no adjustments have been made to adjust provision for loan losses in 2014 on the acquired loan portfolio and related income taxes. In addition, expenses related to systems conversions and other costs of integration are expected to be recorded during 2014 and those costs will be expensed as incurred. The Company expects to achieve further operating cost savings and other business synergies, including branch closures, as a result of the acquisition which are not reflected in the pro forma amounts below (dollars in thousands):
 
   
 
 
Pro forma
At December 31,
 
(in thousands)
 
2014
   
2013
 
 
 
(unaudited)
   
(unaudited)
 
Net interest income
 
$
48,522
   
$
53,294
 
Provision for loan losses
   
458
     
437
 
Non-interest income
   
12,081
     
10,195
 
Non-interest expense
   
40,148
     
39,011
 
Income Taxes
   
5,999
     
7,212
 
Net income
 
$
13,998
   
$
16,829
 

100

ITEM 9A – CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company's management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the Company's disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act), as of December 31, 2014. Based on this evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms. There were no significant changes in the Company's internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2014 that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting.  Internal control is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  Management regularly monitors its internal control over financial reporting, and actions are taken to correct deficiencies as they are identified.

Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.  This assessment was based on the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013.  Based on this evaluation under the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework, management concluded that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f).

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Further, because of changes in conditions, internal control effectiveness may vary over time.

The Company's independent registered public accounting firm, Yount, Hyde and Barbour, P.C., has audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, as stated in their report included herein.  Yount, Hyde and Barbour, P.C. also audited the Company's consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014.

/s/ Jeffrey V. Haley
 
Jeffrey V. Haley
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
   
/s/ William W. Traynham
 
William W. Traynham
 
Executive Vice President and
 
Chief Financial Officer
 
   
March 9, 2015
 

101


PART IV

ITEM 15 – EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)(1) Financial Statements.  See Item 8 for reference.
(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules.  All applicable financial statement schedules required under Regulation S-X have been included in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(a)(3) Exhibits.  The exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K are listed below.

 
EXHIBIT INDEX
 
Exhibit No.
Description
Location
     
  2.1
Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, as of August 24, 2014, between American National Bankshares Inc. and MainStreet BankShares, Inc.
Exhibit 2.1 on Form 8-K filed August 28, 2014
     
  3.1
Articles of Incorporation, as amended
Exhibit 3.1 on Form 10-Q filed July 5, 2011
     
  3.2
Bylaws, as amended
Exhibit 3.2 on Form 8-K filed January 5, 2015
     
10.1
Deferred Compensation Agreement between American National Bank and Trust Company, and Charles H. Majors dated December 31, 2008
Exhibit 10.1 on Form 10-K filed March 16, 2009
     
10.2
Executive Severance Agreement between American National Bankshares Inc., American National Bank and Trust Company, and Jeffrey V. Haley dated March 2, 2015
Exhibit 10.1 on Form 8-K filed March 4, 2015
     
10.3
Executive Severance Agreement between American National Bankshares Inc., American National Bank and Trust Company, and William W. Traynham dated March 2, 2015
Exhibit 10.2 on Form 8-K filed March 4, 2015
     
10.4
Employment Agreement between American National Bank and Trust Company, and Charles T. Canaday, Jr., dated December 15, 2010.
Exhibit 10.9 on Amendment No. 1 to Form S-4 filed March 29, 2011
     
10.5
Executive Severance Agreement between American National Bankshares Inc., American National Bank and Trust Company, and Charles T. Canaday, Jr. dated December 15, 2010
Exhibit 10.10 on Amendment No. 1 to Form S-4 filed March 29, 2011
     
10.6
American National Bankshares Inc. 2008 Stock Incentive Plan
Exhibit 99.0 to Form S-8 filed May 30, 2008
     
10.7
American National Bankshares Inc. 1997 Stock Option Plan
Exhibit 4.3 on Form S-8 filed September 17, 1997





102


 
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit No.
Description
Location
     
11.1
Refer to Earnings Per Share calculation in the Notes to Financial Statements
Filed herewith
     
21.1
Subsidiaries of the registrant
Filed herewith
     
31.1
Section 302 Certification of Jeffrey V. Haley, President and Chief Executive Officer
Filed herewith
     
31.2
Section 302 Certification of William W. Traynham, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Filed herewith
     
32.1
Section 906 Certification of Jeffrey V. Haley, President and Chief Executive Officer
Filed herewith
     
32.2
Section 906 Certification of William W. Traynham, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Filed herewith
     
101.INS
XBRL Instance Document
 
101.SCH
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
 
101.CAL
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
 
101.DEF
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
 
101.LAB
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
 
101.PRE
SBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document
 

103

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

March 9, 2015
 
AMERICAN NATIONAL BANKSHARES INC
 
 
 
By:
 /s/  Jeffrey V. Haley
 
 
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 9, 2015.

/s/  Jeffrey V. Haley
 
Director, President and
 
 
 
 
Jeffrey V. Haley
 
Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/  Charles H. Majors
 
Director and Chairman
 
/s/  John H. Love
 
Director
Charles H. Majors
 
 
 
John H. Love
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/  Fred A. Blair
 
Director
 
/s/  Franklin W. Maddux
 
Director
Fred A. Blair
 
 
 
Franklin W. Maddux
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/  Frank C. Crist, Jr.
 
Director
 
/s/  Claude B. Owen, Jr.
 
Director
Frank C. Crist, Jr.
 
 
 
Claude B. Owen, Jr.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/  Ben J. Davenport, Jr.
 
Director
 
/s/  Dan M. Pleasant
 
Director
Ben J. Davenport, Jr.
 
 
 
Dan M. Pleasant
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/  Michael P. Haley
 
Director
 
/s/ Joel R. Shepherd
 
Director
Michael P. Haley
 
 
 
Joel R. Shepherd
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/  Charles S. Harris
 
Director
 
/s/  Robert A. Ward
 
Director
Charles S. Harris
 
 
 
Robert A. Ward
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/  F. D. Hornaday, III
 
Director
 
/s/ William W. Traynham
 
Executive Vice President and
F. D. Hornaday, III
 
 
 
William W. Traynham
 
Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
(principal accounting and financial officer)

104